<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>  <!-- encoding must be UTF-8 -->
        
<!-- Metadata for a tech report for use in Google Scholar. It is based on the -->
<!-- NLM Journal Publishing DTD (http://dtd.nlm.nih.gov/publishing/). The     -->
<!-- two changes are: (1) the <articles> element which allows information     -->
<!-- about multiple articles to be included in a single file and (2)          -->
<!-- additional values for the <article-type> element. This file provides     -->
<!-- an example for a technical report and describes the constraints if any   -->
<!-- on the fields. Fields in the NLM Journal Publishing DTD not mentioned    -->
<!-- in this example are ignored at this time.                                -->       

<!-- NBER has decided to use this xml standard instead of journal article     -->
<!-- because none of the papers we issue should be construed as published     -->
<!-- and therefore we should not use the same format as a journal publisher   -->

<!-- The NBER Progams a paper is associated with are listed as -->
<!-- custom-meta tags -->

<!-- This file was generated by /etc/cvslocal/perlscript/all_xml_marc_ris.pl running on host `hostname` --> 
                   
<articles xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink">

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>NBER WORKING PAPERS ONLINE TEST DOCUMENT</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0000</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Aminoff</surname>
          <given-names>Alex</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is a test document for the NBER Online working paper system. Every user should be able to search for and display bibliographic information in this format. The URL for this document is http://www.nber.org/papers/w0000. Full-Text access to working papers is offered on a subscription basis, (and free to press, US government, and developing nations). If your domain name or IP address is in the authorization file, or if you are properly logged onto this site, you should see both HTML and PDF buttons beside this text block.  If the HTML button is missing, you are not in our authorization file.  Please select on the Help button and choose the relevant sub-topic.</p>
<p><br>This paper is available without addition charge to subscribers to the NBER working paper series and persons in developing nations from <a href="http://www.&#110ber.org/papers/w0000.pdf"> the NBER. </a></p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0000.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0000.html"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Education, Information, and Efficiency</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0001</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welch</surname>
          <given-names>Finis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This represents two chapters of a proposed book co-authored by Bob Evenson and myself.  The subject is relationships between agricultural productivity, research and information.  The first chapter of this part is concerned with the "theory" of the value of information.  Among other  things, the Bayesian learning model is used as a vehicle for describing optimal learning from experience.  The second chapter presents results for a number of empirical studies concerned with relationships between education and allocative efficiency.  Section I is reprinted from my J.P.E. paper "Education in Production".  Section II is the "Scale Economy" paper of mine which has existed in various unpublished versions for two years now.  The final section summarizes recent discussions by Wallace Huffman (Chicago), Nabil Khaloi (SMU) and Charles Fane (Harvard).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0001.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0001.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Hospital Utilization: An Analysis of SMSA Differences in Hospital Admission Rates, Occupancy Rates and Bed Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0002</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chiswick</surname>
          <given-names>Barry</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A topic of continued public concern is the national level and distribution among areas and individuals of the availability of hospital services.  This paper presents data for the country as a whole on hospital utilization during the post World War II period for short-term non-federal hospitals.  The bed rate (the number of beds per thousand population) increased nearly 25 percent.  The admission rate (admissions per thousand population)increased nearly 50 percent.  The average bed occupancy rate increased during most of the period but has recently been on the decline.  These changes are important because hospitals do perform useful services, but at a considerable cost - a cost which has been growing rapidly.  The purpose of this study is to present a model for analyzing the utilization of short-term general hospitals. The objective is to develop structural equations and hypotheses as to why the measures of hospital utilization vary across communities, and to estimate these equations and test these hypotheses.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0002.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Error Components Regression Models and Their Applications</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0003</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Arora</surname>
          <given-names>Swarnjit S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, we have developed an operational method for estimating error components regression models when the variance- covariance matrix of the disturbance terms is unkown.  Monte Carlo Studies were conducted to compare the relative efficiency of the pooled estimator obtained by this procedure to (a) an ordinary least sources estimator based on data aggregated over time, (b) the covariance estimator, and (d) a generalized least squares estimator based on a known variance-covariance matrix.  For T small and large p, this estimator definitely performs better than the other estimators which are also based on an estimated value of the variance-covariance matrix of the disturbances.  For p small and large T it compares equally well with other estimators.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0003.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Human Capital Life Cycle of Earnings Models: A Specific Solution and Estimation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0004</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to consider human capital models of earning behavior over an individual lifetime.  A general class of life cycle models relating to individual earnings behavior is developed by considering alternative formulation of the basic Ben- Porath type model.  An explicit solution to a specific formulation within this general class is considered in some detail.  An empirical development of this explicit earnings function is estimated using data on a cohort of individuals surveyed at some point in their lifetime.  The empirical estimates are discussed in detail.  The estimated earnings function is then used to predict and individualâ€™s discounted present value of lifetime earnings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0004.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Life Cycle Family Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0005</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Smith</surname>
          <given-names>James P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The household production model provides a useful theoretical framework in which one may analyze family labor supply issues.  In this model, the family is viewed as if it were a small firm producing its ultimate wants within the household.  In order to satisfy these wants, the family (firm) combines purchased market goods and services with the time of various family members.  This approach differs from the traditional treatment of the labor-leisure choice decision since the price of any activity now has two components â€“ the goods price and the time price of each family member.  The relative empirical importance of the two components depends, of course, on their respective shares in the cost of producing an activity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0005.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Review of Cyclical Indicators for the United States: Preliminary Results</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0006</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper represents a very early progress report on a new study of business cycle indicators for the United States.  Our host organization, CIRET, is concerned with research on surveys of economic tendencies that cover broad areas of business, investment, and consumer behavior.  These inquiries yield mainly qualitative data on plans and expectations of economic decision-making units.  Such data are aggregated and also in a sense quantified in form of diffusion indexes (the Ifo Business Test and its components may serve as examples), but they are basically limited to showing only the direction and not the size of changes in the economic variables covered.  A major purpose of compiling and analyzing these diffusion measures is to improve prediction of cyclical movements in business activity.  This objective is the same as that pursued in the National Bureau studies of quantitative business cycle indicators -- the latest of which is the project to be discussed in this paper.  Appraisals of the predictive records and potentials of these two time series data sets (the cyclical indicators and the expectational diffusion indexes) are therefore definitely an appropriate subject for consideration in this conference.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0006.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Definition and Impact of College Quality</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0007</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Solmon</surname>
          <given-names>Lewis C.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we are concerned with the characteristics of colleges which serve to increase subsequent monetary incomes of those who attend.  Usually, lifetime earnings are explained by variables such as innate ability, experience in the labor force and years of education, although other socio-economic, demographic and occupational data can be inserted to increase the explanatory power of the model.  This paper attempts to add a new dimension to the earnings function analysis by hypothesizing the features of colleges which might yield financial payoffs later in life, and then testing to see which of these traits actually do add most to the explanatory power of the traditional earnings function.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0007.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Multinational Firms and the Factor Intensity of Trade</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0008</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Merle Yahr</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In studying the impact of direct investment on the amount, direction, and composition of international trade we have found that the multinational firm fits uncomfortably into the usual theory of trade and capital movements.  We attempt here to introduce the fact of the existence of multinational firms into the explanation of trade flows and particularly into the long-running debate over the relations among factor abundance, factor prices and trade.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0008.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>From Age-Earnings Profiles to the Distribution of Earnings and Human Wealth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0009</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Recent development of explicit theoretical and empirical earnings functions from life cycle human capital investment models increases the potential to explain existing earnings distributions and to predict changes in it.  The purpose of this paper is to suggest how these earnings functions can be used more directly to derive predicted earnings and human  wealth distributions for populations and sub-populations with an empirical illustration.  This is accomplished by an application if statistical distribution theory as a link between the earnings function and the earnings distribution.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0009.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monte Carlo for Robust Regression: The Swindle Unmasked</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0010</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holland</surname>
          <given-names>Paul W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper gives an alternative derivation of a Monte Carlo method that has been used to study robust estimators.  Extensions of the technique to the regression case are also considered and some computational points are briefly mentioned.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0010.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Weighted Ridge Regression: Combining Ridge and Robust Regression Methods</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0011</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holland</surname>
          <given-names>Paul W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper gives the formulas for and derivation of ridge regression methods when there are weights associated with each observation.  A Bayesian motivation is used and various choices of k are discussed.  A suggestion is made as to how to combine ridge regression with robust regression methods.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0011.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Citizen Rights and the Cost of Law Enforcement</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0012</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Reder</surname>
          <given-names>Melvin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There is an inherent tension between the idea that individuals have certain inalienable (natural) rights and the economist's postulate that the rate if utilization of anything  whose production requires scarce resources must be limited by considerations of opportunity cost.  Remarks about rights to life, liberty, health, justice and the like are readily inserted into political pronouncements, legislative preambles and court decisions, but they (should) cause economists to raise questions about costs and quantities.  Unfortunately, neither in ordinary language nor in the jargon of moral philosophy can such ultimate desiderata as liberty and justice be related to costs or quantities.  Hence in the first section we sketch a model of social choice in which the necessary relationships can be defined.  In section II, we give instances where, despite protestations to the contrary, the Law Enforcement System (LES) has made de facto reductions of citizen rights (liberties) in order to increase the efficiency if law enforcement.  The final section considers some of the normative implications suggested by the positive arguments of section II.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0012.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage Comparisons -A Selectivity Bias</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0013</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gronau</surname>
          <given-names>Reuben</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The economics of information have been established by now as an integral part of economic analysis.  However, surprisingly little has been written on the implications of search (and in particular, job search) for the estimation of the wage function and its ramifications in such cases as the estimation of the determinants of labor force participation, age-earning profiles, rates of return and rates of depreciation of human capital, degree of discrimination, etc.  Given a wage offer distribution, the parameters of the observed wage distribution depend on the intensity of search.  The lower a personâ€™s wage demands the greater the chance of his finding an acceptable job, but the lower the wage he expects to receive and the wider the dispersion of acceptable wages around their mean.  On the other hand, the job seeker may opt for a more ambitious search strategy, raising his minimum wage demand and consequently increasing the risk of remaining unemployed, but also increasing the expected wage and decreasing the dispersion of available offers.  Models of wage offer distribution have traditionally been based on empirical observation of observed wage distribution.  This approach may involve certain biases when applied to secondary labor groups â€“ married women, teenagers and the aged.  This paper attempts to point out some of these biases and suggests a method for their correction.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0013.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effects on Income of Type of College Attended</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0014</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Solmon</surname>
          <given-names>Lewis C.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wachtel</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The effects of particular attributes of colleges on the subsequent earnings of individuals who attend are much discussed but rarely studied systematically.  Here we seek to compare the earnings patterns of people attending different types of colleges.  The classification of colleges used in this study is the scheme developed by the Carnegie Commission on Higher Education based on the sense of commitments to research, types of programs offered and selectivity of admission of students.  We find that at the college level, differences in type of  institution attended have highly significant effects on differences in lifetime earning patterns of students.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0014.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Comparison of FIML and Robust Estimates of a Nonlinear Macroeconomic Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0015</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fair</surname>
          <given-names>Ray C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The prediction accuracy of six estimators of econometric models are compared.  Two of rthe estimators are ordinary least squares (OLS) and full-information maximum likelihood.  (FML).  The other four estimators are robust estimators in the sense that they give less weight to large residuals.  One of the four estimators is approximately equivalent to the least-absolute-residual (LAR) estimator, one is a combination of OLS for small residuals and LAR for large residuals, one is an estimator proposed by John W. Tukey, and one is a combination of FIML and LAR.  All of the estimators account for the first-order serial correlation of the error terms.  The main conclusion is that robust estimators appear quite promising for the estimation of econometric models.  Of the robust estimators considered in the paper, the one based on minimizing the sum of the absolute values of the residuals performed the best.  The FIML estimator and the combination of the FIML and LAR estimators also appear promising.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0015.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monte Carlo Techniques in Studying Robust Estimators</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0016</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hoaglin</surname>
          <given-names>David C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Recent work on robust estimation has led to many procedures, which are easy to formulate and straightforward to program but difficult to study analytically.  In such circumstances experimental sampling is quite attractive, but the variety and complexity of both estimators and sampling situations make effective Monte Carlo techniques essential.  This discussion examines problems, techniques, and results and draws on examples in studies of robust location and robust regression.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0016.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Schooling, Ability, Non Pecuniary Rewards, Socioeconomic Background and the Lifetime Distribution of Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0017</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Taubman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Inequality in income or earnings is the most indisputable fact about the distribution of income.  Inequality in income distribution  occurs in most political and economic models and has from ancient times to the modern era.  Society and government have expressed a desire to establish a minimum floor for members of society -- though the level of the floor and the means of achieving it are matters of debate.  Besides a direct interest in the questions of the sources of inequality, how to achieve income redistribution, and the efficacy of various policy tools, economists are also concerned with establishing how various labor markets operate, how rational individuals are, and how important are individual effort , chance, and predestination.   Economists have constructed various theories that purport to explain income distribution.  Some aspects of these theories have been tested against empirical observations.  This study will extend the range of such tests.  In addition, we will generate some new facts that a complete theory should be able to explain.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0017.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Deterrent Effect of Capital Punishment: A Question of Life and Death</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0018</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ehrlich</surname>
          <given-names>Isaac</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The debate over the legitimacy or propriety of the death penalty may be almost as old as the death penalty itself and, in the view of the increasing trend towards its complete abolition, perhaps as outdated.  Not surprisingly, and as is generally recognized by contemporary writers on this topic, the philosophical and moral arguments for or against the death penalty have remained remarkably unchanged since the beginning of the debate.  One outstanding issue has become, however, the subject of increased investigation, especially in recent years, due to its objective nature and the dominant role it has played in shaping the analytical and practical case against the death penalty.  That issue is the deterrent effect of capital punishment, a reexamination of which, in both theory and practice, is the object of the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0018.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Utilization of Surgical Manpower in A Prepaid Group Practice</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0019</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hughes</surname>
          <given-names>Edward F.X</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lewit</surname>
          <given-names>Eugene</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Watkins</surname>
          <given-names>Richard N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Handschin</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The median operative workload of seven general surgeons comprising the general surgical staff of a prepaid group practice of 158,000 enrollees was 9.9 hernia equivalents (HE) a week.  The value was over three times that of a previously studied population of 19 general surgeons in fee-for-service community practice, and approximated a consensus standard of a full surgical workload.  The median complexity of operations was 1.00 HE, similar to the community practice, and evidence suggested the most complex operation were handled by6 the surgeons with the most training.  23.6% of operations were performed on an ambulatory basis.  The results suggest that the prepaid group practice under study possesses administrative mechanisms to efficiently utilize both general surgeons and the resources devoted to general surgery.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0019.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Short-Run and Long-Run Prospects for Female Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0020</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discussed the prospects for female earnings relative to male earnings.  The determinants of the general level of earnings (female and male) are not considered.  I concentrate on hourly earnings as being the best measure of the price of labor from both the demand and supply points of view.  One can easily extend the discussion to annual earnings by taking account of annual hours.  (In 1970 on average employed women worked about 3/4 as many hours per year as employed men.)  The estimates of hourly earnings to be presented are calculated from the 1/1000 samples of the 1960 and the 1970 Census of Population.  The Census samples provide much useful data on employed persons including such characteristics as sex, schooling, age, race, marital status, and class of worker.  I have excluded agricultural and unpaid family members because of well-known difficulties in estimating their earnings and hours of work.  All other persons who were at work during the Census week and who had their earnings in the year preceding the Census are included.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0020.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Contraception and Fertility: Household Production Under Uncertainty</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0021</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert T.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Over the past century fertility behavior in the United Stated has undergone profound changes  Measured by cohort fertility the average number of children per married woman had declined from about 5.5 children at the time of the Civil War to 2.4 children at the time of the Great Depression.  It is seldom emphasized however that an even greater relative change took place in the dispersion of fertility among these women:  the percentage of women with, say, seven or more children declined from 36% to under 6%.  While students of population have offered reasonably convincing explanations for the decline in fertility over time, they have not succeeded in explaining the  fluctuations in the trend and have made surprisingly little effort to explain the large and systematic decline in the dispersion of fertility over time.  In this paper we attempt to study contraception behavior and its effects on fertility.  One of the effects on which we focus considerable attention is the dispersion or variance in fertility.  Our analysis is applied to cross-sectional data but it also provides an explanation for the decline in the variance in fertility over time.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0021.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Correlation Between Health and Schooling</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0022</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper has two purposes.  The first is to develop a methodological framework that can be used to introduce and discuss alternative explanations of the correlation between health and schooling.  The second is to test these explanations empirically in order to select the most relevant ones and obtain quantitative estimates of different effects.  The empirical work is limited to one rather unique body of data and uses two measures of health that are far from ideal.  The methodological framework can, however, serve as a point of departure for future research when longitudinal samples with more refined measures of current and past health and background characteristics become available.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0022.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>What Happened During the Baby Boom? New Estimates of Age and Parity: Specific Birth Probabilities for American Women</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0023</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sanderson</surname>
          <given-names>Warren C.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is the main purpose of this paper to examine in detail the pattern of fertility fluctuations in the United States since the Second World War and to define, with some precision, the questions these patterns raise for students of fertility behavior.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0023.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Adaptive Control Methods for Structurally Varying Systems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0024</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sarris</surname>
          <given-names>Alexander H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Athans</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The problem of simultaneously identifying and controlling a time-varying, perfectly-observed linear system is posed.  The parameters are assumed to obey a Markov structure and are estimated with a Kalman filter.  The problem can be solved conceptually by dynamic programming, but even with a quadratic loss function the analytical computations cannot be carried out for more than one step because of the dual nature of the optimal control law.  All approximations to the solution that have been proposed in the literature, and two approximations that are presented here for the first time are analyzed.  They are classified into dual and non-dual methods.  Analytical comparison is untractable;  hence Monte Carlo simulations are used.  A set of experiments is presented in which five non-dual methods are compared.  The numerical results indicate a possible ordering among these approximations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0024.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Covariance Structure of Earnings and the On the Job Training Hypothesis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0025</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hause</surname>
          <given-names>John C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The fine structure of earnings is defined by a theoretically meaningful decomposition of the covariance matrix of earnings (or log earnings) time series.  A three-element variance components model is proposed for analyzing earnings of young workers.  These components are interpreted as the effects of differential on-the-job training (OJT) and differential economic ability.  Several properties of these components and relationships between them are deduced from the OJT model.  Background noise generated by a nonstationary first-order autoregressive process, with heteroscedastic innovations and time-varying AR parameters is also assumed present in observed earnings.  ML estimates are obtained for all parameters of the model for a sample of Swedish males.  The results are consistent with the view that the OJT mechanism is an empirically significant phenomenon in determining individual earnings profiles.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0025.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Migration Flows and Their Determinants: A Comparative Study of Internal Migration in Italy and the U.S.A.</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0026</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Arora</surname>
          <given-names>Swarnjit S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper has two goals: first to describe a theoretical model which derives relationships among migration decisions explicitly from utility maximization under uncertainty; and second, to examine why nations vary in their internal migration.  To explain variation in internal migration, we hypothesize that the degree of monetization and industrialization of an economy is inversely related to the family cohesiveness; hence, a given percentage increase in relative income will have higher migratory effect in a relatively more monetized economy.  The availability of higher initial information and better transportation systems in these economies strongly complement this effect.  These hypothesis are confirmed by the estimates based on the U.S. and Italian data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0026.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Production Within the Household</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0027</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leibowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Arleen</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The amount of time married women spend in workforce has increased dramatically in the last thirty years.  This increase in labor force participation has been accompanied by changes in allocation of time to various activities in the household as well.  Since the proportion of women in the labor force has been rising, the average amount of time input to household tasks by all women has been declining over the last 50 years.  It is valuable to analyze this in the household production context: women choose not simply between work and leisure but between work in the home, work in the market and leisure.  This paper  will use time budget data to try to determine how women's education levels affect time allocation to various activities.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0027.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Wealth Effect in Occupational Choice</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0028</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to indicate regularities in the area of occupational choice using income-leisure analysis.  A simple one-period model is used to examine the effect of changes in nonhuman and human wealth on the choice of an occupation. It is argued that under certainty: An increase in nonwage income will increase the propensity to choose pleasant low-paying work activities.  An increase in human capital will also induce a choice of pleasant work activities if the income effect is dominant.  Under conditions of uncertainty an increase in nonwage income will tend to encourage the choice of risky high-paying work activities if their monetary returns are uncertain. If the nonmonetary returns of an occupation are uncertain the propensity to choose it will tend to decrease with wealth. Finally, an increase in human capital is likely to discourage the choice of occupations with risky monetary returns.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0028.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Male-Female Differences in Wages and Employment: A Specific Human Capital Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0029</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>Elisabeth M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the effects of differential turnover patterns and the existence of firm specific training, jointly financed by employer and employee, on male-female wage and employment differentials. Chapter 1 introduces the topic of sex differences in occupational distribution and compensation and presents some of the more common economic theories which are relevant to the subject.  Chapter 2 presents a model of a firm that invests in the training of its workers, where employee turnover represents depreciation on human capital. Differences in the turnover rates of men and women is shown to be an important determinant of the incentive to the employer to hire and train women as well as men. The empirical implications of the model for the relative wage and occupational distribution of women are contrasted with those derived from a model of general human capital investment. Chapter 3 outlines the problems involved in empirical formulation of the model, the choice of the unit of observation for empirical, testing, and data limitations, and presents the results of empirical testing of the model on aggregate occupational data for males and females from the 1967 Survey of Economic Opportunity. In Chapter 4, the model is applied to occupational data from the 1967 Survey of Economic Opportunity for black and white men as an additional test of its applicability and empirical power. Chapter 5 summarizes the empirical findings and conclusions of the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0029.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Timing and Spacing of Births and Women's Labor Force Participation: An Economic Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0030</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ross</surname>
          <given-names>Sue Goetz</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This dissertation analyzes the timing and spacing of child-births within an economic framework. I have attempted to explain when women in the United States begin child bearing - i.e., the "timing" (of the first birth) - and the length of the interval they spend in child bearing - i.e., the "spacing" of births.  Chapter I introduces the topic and reviews some of the relevant literature.  In Chapter II, an economic model is developed which predicts that women with a rising price of time over the lifetime will start having their children sooner after finishing school. Those with a high price of time throughout their lifetimes will have their children closer together. The model also predicts that families whose income receipts rise sharply, at least in the early years after the husband enters the labor force, will postpone their first birth and that families with a high lifetime income will have their children farther apart. The data and variables used to test the model's hypotheses are described in Chapter III. Chapters IV and V describe, respectively, the empirical tests of the timing and the spacing hypotheses. The results of an investigation of some relationships between the timing of the various demographic events and labor force participation are reported in Chapter VI. Chapter VII summarizes the theoretical analysis and the empirical results, which generally support the timing and spacing hypotheses.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0030.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Expectations and Household's Demand for Financial Assets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0031</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Taylor</surname>
          <given-names>Lester D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The effects of price expectations on consumption and saving has received relatively little attention, especially at the micro level.  This paper's effort is addressed to this void. More specifically, the paper's primary purpose is to investigate whether it is possible to discern empirically a relationship between individually held price expectations and decisions of households to hold particular types of assets. To this end, I have analyzed aggregate time - series data from the National Income Accounts and the Flow-of-Funds and two bodies of micro household data, each involving several thousand households and each containing fairly detailed information on price expectations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0031.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Operational Time and Seasonality in Distributed Lag Estimation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0032</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Peter</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The following paper discusses the analysis of some types of economic time series using an altered time scale, or operational time. It is argued that for some series, observations that are ordinarily thought of as equidistant in time are actually irregularly spaced in a more natural time scale. Section A discusses point or impulse sampling of related series and the estimation of distributed lag relationships between them. Section B discusses time-aggregated sampling. In Section C, operational-time methods are used to calculate the distributed lag relationship between starts and completions for single-family dwellings in the United States. The results are statistically compared with those of ordinary distributed lag methods.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0032.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and Market Structure 1967-1973</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0033</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cagan</surname>
          <given-names>Phillip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A variety of theories have been offered to explain why prices generally respond so little to declines in demand, and do so now less than formerly.  Most of these center around a dependence of prices on costs, or the anticipated trend of costs, and a greater disregard for short-run changes in demand.  The more appealing hypothesis is the simple one that price setters tend to adjust slowly to changes in market conditions; they transmit but do not originate inflation.   To find that prices in the less competitive markets respond more slowly to changes in market conditions - first lagging, then catching up - would support the theory that firms try to avoid frequent changes in prices but vary in their ability to do so.  Are lags in price adjustment related to market structure?  Previous empirical studies of the relationship are inconclusive on this point.  Earlier literature, largely theoretical, has suggested that concentrated industries tend to raise prices more rapidly, thereby exerting a permanent upward push on the price level.  Empirical studies have usually reported the opposite or no consistent relation, however.  On the lag-and-catching-up theory, the concentrated industries should exhibit greater increases in the period of waning inflation after 1969.  This study examines the data for such a pattern and finds striking evidence of it.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0033.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimation of a Stochastic Model of Reproduction: An Econometric Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0034</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In the past few years, there has been substantial progress in the application of the economic theory of household decision making to human fertility behavior.  Theoretical emphasis has been given to the effects of the costs of parental tine and money resources devoted to rearing children on the demand for the total number of children in a static framework under conditions of certainty. Empirical work has focused on explaining variation in the number of children ever born to women, who have completed their childbearing, as a function of measures of the household's total resources and the opportunity cost of time, especially the value of the wife's time.  One important objection to static theories of fertility is their failure to deal with the implications of the simple fact that reproduction is a stochastic biological process in which the number and timing of births and the traits of children (e.g. sex, intelligence, health, etc.) are uncertain and not subject to direct control.  In this paper, we report some initial results of a study in progress whose goal is to develop an integrated theoretical and econometric model of fertility behavior within a sequential stochastic framework. The principal contribution of the paper is to the development of an appropriate econometric methodology for dealing with some new econometric problems that arise in such models.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0034.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Changes in the Recession Behavior of Wholesale Prices: The 1920s and Post World War II</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0035</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cagan</surname>
          <given-names>Phillip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The present study examines the recession behavior of wholesale prices since World War II and compares it with the 1920s as the most recent period of earlier recessions with comparable severity. The focus is on changes in recession behavior, possible bias in the data, and differences in behavior between various groups of wholesale prices. (Differences between wholesale and consumer prices, though of importance, are not examined here.) The purpose is to extend the evidence on the degree and uniformity of the change in price behavior and to test various interpretations of those changes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0035.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Economic Theories of Fertility: What do They Explain?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0036</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sanderson</surname>
          <given-names>Warren C.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This working paper is a draft of a chapter in a larger manuscript which is concerned with the time series variations in fertility in the United States since 1920. This chapter asks how economic models of fertility aid our understanding of our demographic history. Thus little attention is given here to the suitability of economic models for the explanation of cross-sectional fertility differentials.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0036.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interpreting Spectral Analyses in Terms of Time-Domain Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0037</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Engle</surname>
          <given-names>Robert F</given-names>
          <suffix>III</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper derives relationships between frequency-domain and standard time-domain distributed-lag and autoregessive moving-average models. These relations are well known in the literature but are presented here in a pedogogic form in order to facilitate interpretation of spectral and cross-spectral analyses. In addition, the paper employs the conventions and discusses the estimation procedures used in TROLL. Some aspects of these estimation procedures are new and have not been discussed in the literature.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0037.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A General Algorithm for Simultaneous Estimation of Constant and Randomly-Varying Parameters in Lineal Relations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0038</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sarris</surname>
          <given-names>Alexander H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A recursive algorithm for estimating linear models with both constant and time-varying parameters is derived by maximization of a likelihood function. Recursive formulas are also derived for derivatives of the likelihood function; the derivatives are needed for numerical evaluation of some parameters. Smoothing formulas are also derived. The estimation algorithm is compared with others for similar classes of models.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0038.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unemployment Effects of Minimum Wages</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0039</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Empirical investigation of employment effects of minimum wage legislation is a subject of continuing interest, judging by a growing number of studies. The older studies were concerned mainly with changes in employment in low-wage industries. In the more recent work, attention has shifted to effects on unemployment in low-wage demographic groups, such as teenagers. Despite the statistical difference there is no apparent recognition of a conceptual as well as substantive distinction between minimum wage effects on employment and those on unemployment. The purpose of this paper is to explore the analytical distinction between employment and unemployment effects in the hope of providing some understanding of the observations. Though related empirical work is far from being definitive the findings appear to be informative.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0039.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Legality and Reality: Some Evidence on Criminal Procedure</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0040</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There is widespread concern that the criminal justice system, particularly in large urban areas, is breaking down under the strain of an increasing demand for its services and inadequate resources. At the center of the system, located between the police and the prisons, are the criminal courts.  Statistics on rising crime rates, recidivism, arbitrary sentencing practices, court delay, and prison riots are taken as further evidence that the courts are failing. What has been notably scarcer is systematic empirical research on the criminal court system - research that can contribute to our understanding of the actual workings of the system and enable us to develop policies for improvement. The purpose of this study is to begin to remedy this deficiency by applying the quantitative techniques of economics to an analysis of some important issues in criminal court procedure.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0040.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Theories of Economic Regulation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0041</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A major challenge to social theory is to explain the pattern of government intervention in the market - what we may call "economic regulation." Properly defined, the term refers to taxes and subsidies of all sorts as well as to explicit legislative and administrative controls over rates, entry, and other facets of economic activity. Two main theories of economic regulation have been proposed. One is the "public interest" theory, bequeathed by a previous generation of economists to the present generation of lawyers.  This theory holds that regulation is supplied in response to the demand of the public for the correction of inefficient or inequitable market practices. It has a number of deficiencies that we shall discuss. The second theory is the "capture" theory - a poor term but one that will do for now. Espoused by an odd mixture of welfare state liberals, Marxists, and free-market economists, this theory holds that regulation is supplied in response to the demands of interest groups struggling among themselves to maximize the incomes of their members. There are crucial differences among the capture theorists. I will argue that the economists' version of the "capture" theory is the most promising but shall also point out the significant weaknesses in both the theory and the empirical research that is alleged to support it.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0041.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Theory of Social Interactions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0042</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This essay incorporates a general treatment of social interactions into the modern theory of consumer demand. Section 1 introduces the topic and explores some of the existing perspectives on social interactions and their importance in the basic structure of wants.  In Section 2, various characteristics of different persons are assumed to affect the utility functions of some persons, and the behavioral implications are systematically explored. Section 3 develops further implications and applications in the context of analyzing intra-family relations, charitable behavior, merit goods and multi-persons interactions, and envy and hatred. The variety and significance of these applications is persuasive testimony not only to the importance of social interactions, but also to the feasibility of incorporating them into a rigorous analysis.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0042.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Graphics for Data Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0043</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In recent years, graphics have become an essential part of modern data analysis.  This paper describes a system called CLOUDS which is designed to make available on inexpensive storage tube terminals a wide range of graphic tools related to data analysis, economics, and management science.  The system can be accessed nationwide by nonprofit organizations via the National Bureau of Economic Research computer network.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0043.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Statistical Analysis of Local Structure in Social Networks</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0044</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holland</surname>
          <given-names>Paul W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leinhardt</surname>
          <given-names>Samuel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We introduce the concept of a triad census of a digraph arid show how it can be used to enumerate various types of subgraph configurations. We give the basic probabilities needed for computing means and variances for a triad census under the U-MAN distribution for digraphs. These concepts are combined to provide a way of testing propositions about social structure using sociometric data. An application to 408 sociograms is given.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0044.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Incubator Hypothesis: Evidence from Five Cities</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0045</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leone</surname>
          <given-names>Robert A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Struyk</surname>
          <given-names>Raymond</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to review the past evidence and to offer some new data to assess whether the incubator hypothesis can be empirically supported. In particular the two general aspects of the hypothesis will be tested. First, we will examine the proposition that highly centralized locations are attracting a disproportionate number of new firms and/or the employment associated with new firms. Second, we will test the hypothesis that new firms which are formed in high density areas move outward from such sites in their early years of existence in order to expand their productive activities. We refer to these as the "simple and "dynamic" hypotheses in the rest of the paper.  Our analysis is based on the experience of all manufacturers in several U.S. cities. We recognize that it is quite possible that the hypothesis could hold for certain industries even if it is unsupported for all firms together. Our intent, however, is to test the validity of the hypothesis as a general theory of intraurban location behavior.  The paper consists of three sections. The first two present evidence on the "simple" and "dynamic" hypotheses. The final section summarizes our findings and offers some conclusions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0045.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Singular Value Analysis in Matrix Computation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0046</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Richard A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kaden</surname>
          <given-names>Neil</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Viriginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses the robustness and the computational stability of the singular value decomposition algorithm used at the NBER Computer Research Center. The effect of perturbations on input data is explored. Suggestions are made for using the algorithm to get information about the rank of a real square or rectangular matrix. The algorithm can also be used to compute the best approximate solution of linear system of equations in the least squares sense, to solve linear systems of equations with equality constraints, and to determine dependencies or near dependencies among the rows or columns of a matrix. A copy of the subroutine that is used and some examples on which it has been tested are included in the appendixes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0046.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Distribution of Earnings and Human Wealth in Cycle Context</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0047</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to outline a set of conditions under which human wealth is an index of well-being in a life cycle as prefatory to empirical estimates earnings and human wealth distributions for the1960 Census population.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0047.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Protection and Competitiveness in Egyptian Agriculture and Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0048</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hansen</surname>
          <given-names>Bent</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nashashibi</surname>
          <given-names>Karim</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper contains the basic statistical material upon which Effective Rates of Protection (ERPs), Domestic Resource Costs (DRCs), and crop acreage responses were calculated by the authors for their volume on Egypt in the NBER project Foreign Trade Regimes and Economic Development. This material, which includes some comparisons of Egyptian costs of production with those of other countries for a number of commodities, is too extensive for that volume, in which interest is focused on the end results of the calculations. The underlying data, however, are not easily accessible: some of them took us along time to gather, and readers might want to work on the data themselves for further research in this field. We also felt that readers should be in a position to evaluate our calculations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0048.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Years and Intensity of Schooling Investing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0049</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leibowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Arleen</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An essential feature of schooling is not only that it occurs in a different site than most on-the-job training but also that it is more intensive. That is, a smaller proportion of gross potential earnings is sacrificed in on-the-job training than in schooling.  In estimating human capital earnings functions it has generally been assumed that during schooling 100% of gross potential earnings are invested in all years, while in on-the-job training this percentage is smaller and is a declining function of age. This assumption has been quite useful since it allows the identification of an estimate of the rate of return on schooling from a regression of earnings on years of schooling. This paper argues that the percentage of gross earnings invested may fall below 100% well before schooling is ended, that this percentage is likely to be correlated with years of schooling, and thus this procedure yields only a biased estimate of the rate of return to schooling.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0049.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Measuring the Effect of an Anti-Discrimination Program</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0050</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ashenfelter</surname>
          <given-names>Orley C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Since 1941, six Executive Orders have been issued forbidding Federal government contractors from discriminating against minority workers. In principle, all prospective contractors are required to demonstrate compliance with the law before a contract is let. The potential penalties are severe: failure to comply with the law may result in revocation of current contracts and suspension of the right to bid on future contracts.  Despite these provisions, doubts have been raised about the effectiveness of the Orders.  Defenders of the Orders cite cases in which contract award dates have been postponed until firms have taken steps toward compliance with the law. In this paper, we investigate these competing claims using data from 40,445 establishments sampled in 1966 and 1970. In the first section of this paper, we distinguish what can be measured from what cannot. We develop a framework to measure and interpret program effects. In the second section we discuss the design of our sample and present results of an analysis of the randomness of this sample. In the third and concluding section, we present the estimates and discuss their plausibility.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0050.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Age, Experience and Wage Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0051</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>During the past decade, much has been said about the role that on-the-job training plays in augmenting one's stock of human capital.  Up to this point, little has been done to distinguish the effect of on-the-job training from that of aging on the increase in human wealth.  The reason rests primarily on the fact that it is difficult to observe  or even define in some appropriate way the amount of on-the-job training that an individual possesses. In this paper, a method is developed by which one may compare the effects of work experience to those of aging per se. The difference is then attributed to on-the-job training.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0051.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Transportation/Communication Considerations in the Location of Headquarters for Multi-Establishment Manufacturing Firms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0052</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lavey</surname>
          <given-names>Warren G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Usually transportation/communication (t/c) considerations appear as only two in a long list of factors which determine headquarters location patterns.  The research reported here singles out t/c considerations as the logical basis for headquarters location decisions. We ask: to what degree do transportation/communication consideration explain the patterns of headquarters location? The case of manufacturing firms with five or more establishments and no manufacturing activity at the headquarters location was examined. The t/c considerations were studied in terms of the advantages of close proximity between the headquarters of a firm and the manufacturing establishments of that firm and the advantages of close proximity between the headquarters of one firm and the headquarters of other firms. The findings of this research show that the logic of headquarters location patterns is heavily dependent on t/c considerations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0052.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Progress in Human Capital Analysis of the Distribution of Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0053</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The traditional studies of income distribution, a field with which economists are becoming increasingly concerned, must be described as basically sociological.  The ascendancy of the human capital approach can be viewed as a reaction of economists to this non-economic, though certainly not irrelevant, tradition.  In stressing the role played by individual and family optimizing decisions in human capital investments, important aspects of income determination are brought back within the mainstream of economic theory and within the power of its analytical and econometric tools.  Human capital is not the only element of choice in the analysis of income distribution .  Nevertheless, it appears that the subject of human capital investments lends itself to a more systematic and comprehensive analysis of wage differentials, than each of the other factors.  The following is a description of research in the distribution of labor incomes in which human capital theory serves as an organizing principle. It is, in part, a sequel to my 1970 survey and, in part, a report of ongoing research of my own and of others.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0053.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Bilateral Trade as a Development Instrument Under Global Trade Restrictions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0054</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nashashibi</surname>
          <given-names>Karim</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In their striving toward development, a number of less developed countries have espoused bilateral trade as yet another policy instrument allowing them to increase their acquisition of foreign resources. This has been particularly true of the trade of India, Pakistan, and Egypt, on which some useful empirical studies have been conducted.  The target we are interested in is not trade efficiency as an end in itself, but growth. For a number of countries, the ability to grow depends very much on the ability to import. Hence, it is in terms of this target that we propose to evaluate the efficiency of bilateral trade as a policy instrument and to examine a number of related issues, such as the terms of trade, trade diversion, and its effect on resource allocation.  A brief description of bilateral trade agreements starts our discussion followed by a three-country model as a theoretical formulation of the problem. Finally, several implications will be derived in relation to the issues mentioned above.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0054.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0055</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>When an industry is monopolized, price rises above and output falls below the competitive level. Those who continue to buy the product at the higher price suffer a loss, but this loss is exactly offset by the additional revenue that the monopolist obtains by charging the higher price. Other consumers, who are deflected by the higher price to substitute goods, suffer a loss, that is not offset by gains to the monopolist. This is the "deadweight loss" from monopoly, and in conventional analysis the only social cost of monopoly.  The loss suffered by those who continue to buy the product at the higher cost is regarded merely as a transfer from consumers to owners of the monopoly seller and has not previously been factored into the social costs of monopoly.  However, the existence of an opportunity to obtain monopoly profits will attract resources into efforts to obtain monopolies, and the opportunity costs of those resources are social costs of monopoly, too. Although the tendency of monopoly rents to be transformed into costs is no longer a novel insight, its implications both for the measurement of the aggregate social costs of monopoly and for a variety of other important issues relating to monopoly and public regulation (including tax policy) continue to be ignored.  The present paper is an effort to rectify this neglect.  Part I introduces the material.  Part II presents a simple model of the social costs of monopoly, conceived as the sum of the deadweight loss and the additional loss resulting from the competition to become a monopolist.  Part III uses the model to estimate the social costs of monopoly in the United States, and the social benefits of antitrust enforcement. Part IV explores the implications of the analysis for a variety of issues relating to monopoly and public regulation, such as public policy toward price discrimination and the choice between income and excise taxation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0055.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Comparison of Robust and Varying Parameter Estimates of a Macroeconometric Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0056</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Four estimators of econometric models are compared for predictive accuracy. Two estimators assume that the parameters of the equations are subject to variation over time. The first of these, the adaptive regression technique (ADR), assumes that the intercept varies overtime, while the other, a varying-parameter regression technique (VPR), assumes that all parameters may be subject to variation. The other two estimators are ordinary least squares (OLS) and a robust estimator that gives less weight to large residuals. The vehicle for these experiments is the econometric model developed by Ray Fair. The main conclusion is that varying parameter techniques appear promising for the estimation of econometric models. They are clearly superior in the present context for short term forecasts.  Of the two varying parameter techniques considered, ADR is superior over longer prediction intervals.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0056.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Varying-Parameter Supply Functions and the Sources of Economic Distress in American Agriculture, 1866-1914</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0057</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>DeCanio</surname>
          <given-names>Steven J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The agrarian unrest in the United States at the end of the nineteenth century is examined. This unrest is often viewed as stemming from the inability of farmers to adapt to changing conditions in world agriculture. This hypothesis is tested in the context of a distributed lag supply function. Varying parameter estimation methods are used to trace the history of the parameters in the supply function and to decompose observed prices into permanent and transitory components over time. The patterns of variation are tested for conformity with a model of rational price-expectation formation. The conclusion is that farmers behaved as economic theory would predict, but that neither theory nor practice gave them relief from the troubles which plagued them.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0057.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Monte Carlo Study of Two Robust Alternatives of Least Square Regression Estimation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0058</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hill</surname>
          <given-names>Richard W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holland</surname>
          <given-names>Paul W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We give some Monte Carlo results on the performance of two robust alternatives to least squares regression estimation - least absolute residuals and the one-step "sine" estimator. We show how to scale the residuals for the sine estimator to achieve constant efficiency at the Gaussian across various choices of X-matrix and give some results for the contaminated Gaussian distribution.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0058.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Analysis of Firm Demand for Protection Against Crime</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0059</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is well known that as a result of spiralling crime rates, public expenditures for police protection have been rising at a rapid rate. It is less well known, however, that private expenditures for guards, protective services and equipment have kept pace with the increasing public expenditures.  Despite the fact that in 1970 the private sector allocated at least $3.3 billion of its resources to protection, and this sum is two-thirds the size of the corresponding public outlay, no one has explicitly analyzed the determinants of the private sector's demand for protection.  This article, which summarizes a larger study, attempts to fill this gap by considering firm demand for protection.  The main purpose of this article is to answer three questions. One, how is firm demand for protection related to business losses from crime and the probability of crime? Two, are public and private expenditures substitutes or complements? Three, does a firm choose self-protection as a substitute for market insurance or will it spend more on protection if it has insurance?  Part I describes a theoretical framework for analyzing a firm's protection decisions. In Part II I discuss the data set that is used to test the model and the methods of proxying some of the unobserved theoretical variables. Part III presents the results of the empirical analysis. In Part IV the data are used to test what factors, holding protection expenditures constant, predict whether or not a firm will be victimized.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0059.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Variances of Regression Coefficient Estimates Using Aggregate Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0060</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kuh</surname>
          <given-names>Edwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers the effect of aggregation on the variance of parameter estimates for a linear regression model with random coefficients and an additive error term. Aggregate and microvariances are compared and measures of relative efficiency are introduced. Necessary conditions for efficient aggregation procedures are obtained from the Theil aggregation weights and from measures of synchronization related to the work of Grunfeld and Griliches.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0060.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Factoring LP Block-Angular Bases</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0061</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Orchard-Hays</surname>
          <given-names>William</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A factorization of the basis for any block-angular 12 model is presented, and its inverse is shown to be readily maintainable as piecemeal product-forms plus possible additional columns. Straightforward rules for piecemeal transformation of full rows and columns are given.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0061.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Private Enforcement of Law</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0062</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An important question in the economic study of enforcement is the appropriate, and the actual, division of responsibilities between public and private enforcers. This question has been brought into sharp focus recently by an article in which Gary Becker and George Stigler advocate the privatization of law enforcement.  In the present article, we explore the idea that the area in which private enforcement is in fact clearly preferable to public enforcement on efficiency grounds is more restricted than Becker and Stigler believe; perhaps the existing division of enforcement between the public and private sectors approximates the optimal division.  Part I develops an economic model of competitive, profit-maximizing private enforcement. The model predicts the level of enforcement and the number of offenses that would occur in a world of exclusively private enforcement.  Part II refines the model to account for the presence of monopoly in the private enforcement industry, different assignments of property rights in legal claims, the effect of taxing private enforcers, nonmonetary penalties, and legal errors - elements ignored in the initial development of the model in Part I.  Part III contrasts our model with other economic approaches to the enforcement question. Part IV presents a number of positive implications of the model, relating to the choice between public and private enforcement of criminal versus civil laws, the assignment of exclusive rights to the victims of offenses, the budgets of public agencies, the discretionary nonenforcement of the law, and the legal treatment of blackmail and bribery. The positive implications of the model appear to be consistent with observations of the real world, although the findings in Part IV must be regarded as highly tentative. An appendix discusses the economics of rewards - an important method of compensating private enforcers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0062.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Censored Regression Models with Unobserved Stochastic Censoring Thresholds</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0063</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nelson</surname>
          <given-names>Forrest D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The "Tobit" model is a useful tool for estimation of regression models with a truncated or limited dependent variable, but it requires a threshold which is either a known constant or an observable and independent variable. The model presented here extends the Tobit model to the censored case where the threshold is an unobserved and not necessarily independent random variable. Maximum likelihood procedures can be employed for joint estimation of both the primary regression equation and the parameters of the distribution of that random threshold. The appropriate likelihood function is derived, the conditions necessary for identification are revealed, and the particular estimation difficulties are discussed. The model is illustrated by an application to the determination of a housewife's value of time.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0063.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Data Analysis, Communication, and Control</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0064</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The role of data analysis in communication, persuasion, and decision-making is discussed. Some problems with current data-analysis practice are presented, including communication, complex models, large data bases, one-pass processing, rigid assumptions, resistance, validity, prior information, access to new methods, and the responsiveness of data analysis researchers to real world needs. Recent progress in these areas is then outlined, with emphasis on graphics, Bayesian regression, robust estimation, and jackknife, and interactive computing systems. Some remaining challenges for data analysts and others who are trying to integrate data into decision-making processes are discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0064.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rational Distributed Lag Structural Form--A General Econometric Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0065</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Rational Distributed Lag Structural Form of an econometric model is introduced, and its relationship to several traditional forms of representation is discussed.  The traditional forms are viewed as special cases of the Rational Structural Form.  Thus, the latter provides a unified framework for any treatment of the linear, time invariant modeling problem.  In particular, a solution of the estimation problem for the Rational Structural Form leads to the solution of the estimation problem for all traditional forms.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0065.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Detecting and Assessing the Problems Caused by Multi-Collinearity: A Useof the Singular-Value Decomposition</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0066</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Belsley</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Virginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a means for detecting the presence of multicollinearity and for assessing the damage that such collinearity may cause estimated coefficients in the standard linear regression model. The means of analysis is the singular value decomposition, a numerical analytic device that directly exposes both the conditioning of the data matrix X and the linear dependencies that may exist among its columns. The same information is employed in the second part of the paper to determine the extent to which each regression coefficient is being adversely affected by each linear relation among the columns of X that lead to its ill conditioning.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0066.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Human Capital and Labor Supply: A Synthesis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0067</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is by now widely recognized that investment decisions play a major role in the determination of individual age-earnings profiles. The purpose of this paper is to present a simple life-cycle model of investment in human capital in which leisure choices are explicitly incorporated. In so doing, we integrate two previously disparate branches of life-cycle theory: models of labor supply with exogenous wages, and models of human capital formation with exogenous leisure.  Of course, to accomplish this, we must posit utility maximization as the individual's goal rather than income maximization.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0067.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On a General Computer Algorithm for the Analysis of Models with Limited Dependent Variables</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0068</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nelson</surname>
          <given-names>Forrest D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Several econometric models for the analysis of relationships with limited dependent variables have been proposed, including the probit, Tobit, two-limit probit, ordered discrete, and friction models. Widespread application of these methods has been hampered by the lack of suitable computer programs. This paper provides a concise survey of the various models; suggests a general functional model under which they may be formulated and analyzed; reviews the analytic problems and the similarities and dissimilarities of the models; and outlines the appropriate and necessary methods of analysis including, but not limited to, estimation. It is thus intended to serve as a guide for users of the various models, for the preparation of suitable computer programs, for the users of those programs; and, more specifically, for the users of the program package utilizing the functional model as implemented on the NBER TROLL system.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0068.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Ridge Estimators for Distributed Lag Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0069</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Maddala</surname>
          <given-names>G.S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper explains how the Almon polynominal lag specification can be made stochastic in two different ways - one suggested by Shiller and another following the lines of Lindley and Smith. It is shown that both the estimators can be considered as modified ridge estimators. The paper then compares these modified ridge estimators with the ridge estimator suggested by Hoerl and Kennard. It is shown that for the estimation of distributed lag models the ridge estimator suggested by Hoerl and Kennard is not useful but that the modified ridge estimators corresponding to the stochastic versions of the Almon lag are promising. The paper has two empirical illustrations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0069.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analysis of Qualitative Variables</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0070</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Maddala</surname>
          <given-names>G.S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nelson</surname>
          <given-names>Forrest D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A variety of qualitative dependent variable models are surveyed with attention focused on the computational aspects of their analysis. The models covered include single equation dichotomous models; single equation polychotomous models with unordered, ordered, and sequential variables; and simultaneous equation models. Care is taken to illucidate the nature of the suggested "full information" and "limited information" approaches to the simultaneous equation models and the formulation of recursive and causal chain models.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0070.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Theory of Productive Saving</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0071</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ehrlich</surname>
          <given-names>Isaac</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ben-Zion</surname>
          <given-names>Uri</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The central thesis of this paper is that the management of portfolios incorporating a variety of investment assets does require the use of time and other scarce resources in searching for, collecting, interpreting, and applying relevant information. Accordingly, the returns on these assets would depend, in part, on managerial efforts and abilities and other related inputs. The plan of the paper is as follows. A life cycle model of consumption and productive saving without borrowing is developed in Section I. Borrowing is introduced into the model and its relationship to productive saving is explored in Section II. In Section III we attempt to elucidate the model's implications concerning capital accumulation paths and life cycle variations in resource allocations to productive activities. Implications regarding the determinants of the propensity to save are derived in Section IV and then briefly examined in light of some earlier theoretical and empirical findings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0071.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Goodness of Match</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0072</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wolff</surname>
          <given-names>Edward N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Though the statistical techniques vary, the matching problem is essentially the same in each case and can be stated formally as follows: Given "observations on X,Y from one sample and on X,Z from another sample, when will it be true that by matching observations according to X, an artificial Y,Z sample will result whose distribution is the true joint Y,Z distribution?"(Sims,1972, p. 355). Though the imputed Y,Z distribution will, in general, be different from the true Y,Z distribution, the closeness of the two yields a natural criterion of the goodness of match. By making certain simplifying assumptions, we can make this criterion operational. The goodness of match depends on how much of the relation between Y and Z is transmitted through X - that is, on how X "mediates" between Y and Z.  Since the functional form the lower and upper bounds on the true correlation between Y and Z takes depends on the number of X variables, we shall treat the problem in three stages: (a) The case of one mediating variable.(b) The case of two mediating variables. (c) The case of n mediating variables.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0072.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Role of Physicians in the Production of Hospital Output</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0073</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pauly</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Satterthwaite</surname>
          <given-names>Mark A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to present estimates of production functions for hospitals in which a measure of the level of physician input is utilized. Since no data on the total number of hours worked by non-salaried physicians is available for a large sample of U.S. hospitals, alternative measures of physician input had to be constructed. As these measures are somewhat imperfect, the results I obtain should be considered tentative and preliminary.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0073.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Variation Across Household in the Rate of Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0074</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert T.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reports on an empirical investigation of the distribution of inflation rates across households. The study uses a large cross-sectional survey of households to obtain information on the composition of the market bundles of goods and services purchased by each of several thousand households in the U.S. It also uses published data for the U.S. on monthly changes in the separate indices of prices of some fifty expenditure items which comprise consumers' market bundles. With information on price changes for these fifty items and the composition of households' consumption bundles, a price index is computed for each of some 11,000 households separately for several recent periods of time. The distributions of these price indices are studied and the relationships between household characteristics and these price indices are investigated.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0074.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Implementing and Documenting Random Number Generators</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0075</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hoaglin</surname>
          <given-names>David C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>As simulation arid Monte Carlo continue to play an increasing role in statistical research, careful attention must be given to problems which arise in implementing and documenting collect ions of random number generators. This paper examines the value of theoretical as well as empirical evidence in establishing the quality of generators, the selection of generators to comprise a good basic set, the techniques and efficiency of implementation, and the extent of documentation. Illustrative examples are drawn from various current sources.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0075.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Robust Non-Linear Regression Using The Dogleg Algorithm</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0076</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Richard A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>What are the statistical and computational problems associated with robust nonlinear regression? This paper presents a number of possible approaches to these problems and develops a particular algorithm based on the work of Powell and Dennis.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0076.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>FIML Estimation of Rational Distributed Lag Structural Form Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0077</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Rational Distributed Lag Structural Form (RSF) representation of an econometric model is introduced and its relationship to several standard forms of representation is discussed.  The FIML estimation problem for the RSF is then considered and formulated as a nonlinear, unconstrained  optimization problem.  A solution to the relation optimization problem is then obtained by an application of the Davidon-Fletcher-Powell variable metric method using simple first difference approximations for the necessary gradients.  This approach requires a minimum of effort on the part of the model builder since there is no longer  any need to analytically determine, and then program, the gradient expressions.  The feasibility of the method is demonstrated with several examples.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0077.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tables of Sample Size For the F-Test in One Way Analysis of Variance Designs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0078</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hill</surname>
          <given-names>Richard W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a method for computing the value of N for which the usual non-central F-test will have a certain power. Extensive tables are computed and displayed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0078.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Consumer Expenditure Function</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0079</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A consumer expenditure function which integrates pure consumption and household investment in durable goods is formulated and estimated. Because of reduced reliance on the official classification of commodities as durable or nondurable, a considerable increase in ability to explain consumer expenditures results as compared to multiequation models. Further empirical investigation provides strong evidence that: (1) private sector income is significantly better than disposable personal income for explaining consumer expenditures, (2) the M1 definition of money is similarly superior to both M2 and M3 definitions, and (3) the weight of current income in permanent income is about 10% per annum. Data appendix included.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0079.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inequality: Earnings vs. Human Wealth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0080</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The objective of this paper is to draw some inferences concerning the relative magnitudes of inequality in annual earnings, the traditional measure, and in human wealth, the measure suggested by recent literature. A second objective is to assess the relative importance of schooling, measured ability and to a limited extent family background in earnings and human wealth inequality as well as the overall contribution of these variables combined. A unique feature of this study is the estimation of earnings and human wealth and their distribution for a group of men for which several age-earnings data points are available over almost an entire lifetime (ages eighteen to fifty-four).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0080.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Parental Bequest to Children</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0081</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leibowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Arleen</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>If the expenditure of resources in childhood affects the outcomes in adulthood, the adult distribution of education and incomes will depend at least partially on investments made in childhood. There is considerable variation in the amount of parental inputs children of various socio-economic statuses receive. In the empirical work that follows, we will show a relationship between very specific inputs of time by parents and later achievements of children.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0081.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Certain Aspects of Generalized Box-Jenkins Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0082</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hill</surname>
          <given-names>Richard W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We define a class of models that are generalizations of regression models and moving average-autoregressive time series models. Then we investigate the asymptotic and computational properties of the maximum likelihood estimator, with numerical examples. The main conclusion is that care must be exercised when using simple approximations to the covariance matrix of the estimates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0082.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Robust Line Estimation With Errors in Both Variables</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0083</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Brown</surname>
          <given-names>Michael L.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The estimator holding the central place in the theory of the multivariate "errors-in-the-variables" (EV) model results from performing orthogonal recession on variables rescaled according to the covariance matrix of the errors [7]. Our first principal finding, via Monte Carlo on the univariate model, essentially relegates this estimator to use only in large samples on very well-behaved data, i.e., with no trace of outlier contamination. A modification, requiring a robust preliminary slope, is proposed that essentially sets out the generalization to EV of the w-estimator in regression. It is demonstrated that the modification is robust to outlier contamination even in small samples, given a sufficiently good preliminary estimator. A candidate for a preliminary slope estimator based on the data is proposed arid its performance under simulation examined. Least-absolute residuals estimation in EV is cited as an alternative candidate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0083.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Comparison of Two Simple Methods for Obtaining Robust Confidence Intervals</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0084</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hill</surname>
          <given-names>Richard W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we study two methods for finding confidence limits for the simple median. One method is the new parametric procedure based on the sign test, and the other is derived in the paper. The two methods are compared asymptotically and also for small samples</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0084.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Identification of Time Varying Structures</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0085</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The identifiability of reduced form econometric models with variable coefficients is investigated using the control theoretic concepts of uniform complete observability and uniform complete controllability. First, a variant of the state space representation of the traditional reduced form is introduced which transcribes the underlying non-stationary estimation problem into one particularly suited to a Kalman filtering solution. Using such a formulation, observability and controllability can be called upon to obtain a necessary and sufficient condition for identification of the specific parameterization. The results so obtained are completely analogous to those already established in the econometric literature, namely, that the parameters of the reduced form are always identified subject to the absence of multicollinearity(referred to as "persistent excitation" in the control literature). How-ever, now the multicollinearity condition is seen to depend on the structure of the parameter variations as well as the statistical nature of the explanatory variables. The verification of identifiability thus reduces to a check for uniform complete observability which can always be affected in econometric applications. Some consistency results are also presented which derive from the above approach.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0085.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>THe Use of the Box Step Method in Discrete Optimization</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0086</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marsten</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Boxstep method is used to maximize Lagrangean functions in the context of a branch-and-bound algorithm for the general discrete optimization problem. Results are presented for three applications: facility location, multi-item production scheduling, and single machine scheduling.  The performance of the Boxstep method is contrasted with that of the subgradient optimization method.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0086.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exports and Foreign Investment in the Pharmaceutical Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0087</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Merle Yahr</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The relationship between direct investment and trade has always been recognized as one of the most difficult aspects of the study of multinational companies and their impact on their own countries and their affiliates' host countries. We cannot solve the fundamental dilemma of the inability to run controlled experiments to determine what would happened in a given instance without direct governmental investment, but we have assembled a better set of data than was available to previous studies.  From these we hope to narrow the range of plausible assumptions and, from there on, the range of plausible conclusions.  This paper describes some experiments with our data set on a single industry: pharmaceuticals.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0087.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Three-And-A-Half Million U.S. Employees Have Been Mislaid: Or, An Explanation of Unemployment, 1934-1941</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0088</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A major conceptual error in the standard BLS and Lebergott unemployment estimates for 1933-1943 is reported. Emergency workers (employees of federal contracyclical programs such as WPA) were counted as unemployed on a normal-jobs-to-be-created instead of job-seekers unemployment definition. For 1934-1941, the corrected unemployment levels are reduced by two to three-and-a half million people and the rates by 4 to 7 percentage points. The corrected data show strong movement toward the natural unemployment rate after 1933 and are very well explained by an anticipations-search model using annual full-time earnings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0088.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Alternative Prior Representations of Smoothness for Distributed Lag Estimation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0089</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In some applications of the distributed lag model, theory requires that all lag coefficients have a positive sign. A distributed lag estimator which provides estimated coefficients with positive sign is developed here which is analogous to an earlier distributed lag estimator derived from "smoothness priors" which did not assure that all estimated coefficients be positive. The earlier estimator with unconstrained signs was a posterior mode of the coefficients based on a spherically normal "smoothness prior" in the d+l order differences of the coefficients.  The newer estimator with constrained sign is a posterior mode of the logs of the coefficients based on spherically normal "smoothness prior" on the d+l order differences of the logs of the coefficients. The meaning of both categories of prior is discussed in this paper and they are compared to prior parameterizations of the lag curve. Both varieties of "smoothness prior", in contrast to the parameterizations, allow the coefficients to assume any "smooth" shape subject to the sign constraint. The sign-constrained estimator has the additional advantage that it easily forms asymptotes. Moreover, the sign con-strained estimator is easily implemented. The estimate can be obtained by an iterative procedure involving regressions with dummy observations similar to those used to find the unconstrained sign estimator. An illustrative example of the application of both estimators is given at the end of the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0089.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Maximum Likelihood Stage Least Squares Estimator in the Nonlinear Simultaneous Equations Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0090</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Amemiya</surname>
          <given-names>Takeshi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The consistency and the asymptotic normality of the maximum likelihood estimator in the general nonlinear simultaneous equation model are proved. It is shown that the proof depends on the assumption of normality unlike in the linear simultaneous equation model. It is proved that the maximum likelihood estimator is asymptotically more efficient than the nonlinear three-stage least squares estimator if the specification is correct, However, the latter has the advantage of being consistent even when the normality assumption is removed. Hausrnan' s instrumental-variable-interpretation of the maximum likelihood estimator is extended to the general nonlinear simultaneous equation model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0090.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Autoregressive Spectrum Estimation Technique Allied to Quarterly Consumer Durables Expenditure Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0091</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lavey</surname>
          <given-names>Warren G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Classical spectral techniques can provide sharp insights into the cyclical patterns in a time series of economic data. Various problems in the application of classical spectral techniques, such as the choices of smoothing routine and bandwidth and the appearance of end-effects, inhibit the usefulness of spectral analysis. Alternatively, an autoregressive spectral technique does not share these problems, but does present the difficulty of the choice of the order of the autoregression. This paper applies classical and autoregressive spectral techniques to quarterly consumer durables expenditure data, discusses three approaches to the choice of the order of the autoregression, and compares the results of the different spectral techniques. Autoregressive spectral analysis provides a superior representation for this time series.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0091.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Schooling as a Wage Depressant</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0092</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We investigate the relationship between current schooling and current wage rates. Casual observation seems to reflect a discontinuity in wage rate growth which occurs when an individual completes school and joins the labor force as a permanent member. This suggests that the time spent in work while attending school is in some sense secondary. Here, the marginal value of the individual's time is considerably lower than the average value of his time. The problem is essentially one of "anti-complementarities" between the production of human capital through formal schooling and working in the primary occupation. More generally, the productivity of an individual's time in one endeavor is not independent of how the rest of his time is spent. If this is the case, students will be willing to accept lower paying jobs which do not greatly diminish the productivity of school time in lieu of jobs offering higher wages at the cost of a greater reduction in school time productivity. The wages of students, other things constant, are about 12% lower than those of non-students. The magnitude of this wage differential is surprisingly large and warrants investigation on empirical grounds alone. This paper explores the empirical relationship and examines various explanations for it. Finally, implications of the analyses are discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0092.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rational Expectations and the Dynamic Structure of Macroeconomic Models:A Critical Review</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0093</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The recent literature on rational expectations in macroeconomic theory is surveyed here with the objective of distilling from the various papers useful suggestions for econometric methodology. The paper is not concerned with the empirical questions with which these models have been associated, but rather with the value and usefulness of the concept of rational expectations. The paper begins with a brief discussion of the theory of martingales as it has been applied to microeconomic theory. Then, the general linear rational expectations model (of which most models discussed in the literature are, in terms of their structure, special cases) is developed arid its properties, advantages and drawbacks discussed. The paper concludes with a discussion of the possibilities for estimation arid application of such linear models.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0093.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Decision-Stage Method: Convergence Proof, Special Application, and Computation Experience</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0094</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dharmadhikari</surname>
          <given-names>Vinay</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a new method for obtaining exact optimal solutions for a class of discrete-variable non-linear resource-allocation problems. The new method is called the decision-state method because, unlike the conventional dynamic programming method which works only in the state space, the new method works in the state space and the decision space. It generates and retains only a fraction of the points in the state space at which the state functions are discontinuous; and thus overcomes to some extent the curse of dimensionality. It carries the cumulative decision-strongs associated with these points, and thus avoids the backtracking entailed by the conventional dynamic programming method for recovering the optimal decisions. A concise and complete statement of the method is given in Algorithm 2 and it is proved that the algorithm finds all exact optimal solutions. In addition the method is adapted for solving some problems with special structures such as block-angular or split-block-angular constraints and the resultant substantial advantages are demonstrated. The performance of Algorithm 2 on many resource-allocations problems is reported, along with investigations on many tactical decisions which have substantial impact on the performance. The performance of the computer implementation of Algorithm 2 is compared with that of the MMDP algorithm and it showed that for the class of problems at which the two are aimed, the decision-state Algorithm 2 performed better than MMDP algorithm both in terms of storage requirement and solution time. In fact, it achieved an order of magnitude saving in storage requirement.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0094.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Qualitative Information, Reputation, and Monopolistic Competition</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0095</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lott</surname>
          <given-names>John R</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Much recent research in the economics of information has analyzed the implications of alternative market structures in the presence of qualitative characteristics which cannot be accurately and objectively measured or described. This approach avoids the more basic question of the influence of qualitative information on the emergence of market structures. This paper argues that market structures arise which minimize total average production and information costs and that qualitative characteristics produce structures utilizing reputation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0095.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Specification Errors in Limited Dependent Variable Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0096</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Maddala</surname>
          <given-names>G.S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nelson</surname>
          <given-names>Forrest D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A preliminary investigation of two specification error problems in truncated dependent variable models is reported. It is shown that heteroscedasticity in a tobit model results in biased estimates when the model is misspecified. This differs from the OLS model where estimates are still consistent though inefficient. The second problem examined is aggregation. An appropriate nonlinear least squares regression model is derived for situations when the micro-level model fits a tobit framework but only aggregate data are available.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0096.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Human Wealth and Human Capital</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0097</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, a few theoretical issues will be raised regarding the relationship between the distribution of human capital and that of human wealth. Special attention will be paid to the empirical implications of the analysis.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0097.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Demand for Nursing Home Care: An Analysis of the Substitution Between Institutional and Noninstitutional Care</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0098</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chiswick</surname>
          <given-names>Barry</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the demand for nursing home care for the aged. The cross-sectional analysis indicates a high price elasticity of demand (-2.2), and that the demand is greater the less capable are the aged of providing own care, the better the job opportunities of adult women, and the wealthier the SMSA. Utilization increased 67percentfrom 1963 to 1973,but 64 percentage points is attributable to changes in these demand shift variables. This casts doubt on the view that the growth in utilization was largely stimulated by changing public policies during the period.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0098.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Earnings of Scientists, 1960-1970: Experience, Age and Vintage Effects</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0099</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this study is to present a simple but explicit model of on-the-job training which may enable us to separate and identify various types of vintage effects. An attempt is made to apply the model to the data on the earnings of American scientists in the period 1960-1970.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0099.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Finding a Dual Feasible Solution to an LP with M Equalities in (l&amp;M) Dual Iterations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0100</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dharmadhikari</surname>
          <given-names>Vinay</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Lemke's dual-simplex method of linear programming is usually considered inferior to the primal simplex method for any general linear programming problems. One reason given is the difficulty of finding a starting dual-feasible basis. In this paper, a new starting technique is presented, which finds a dual-feasible basis in a single dual-simplex pivot for LP's with no equality constraints, and in (l+m3 ) pivots for LP'S with m3 equality constraints irrespective of the number of inequality constraints. The technique is illustrated on a small example problem. The performance, in terms of the number of pivots to optimality, of the dual-simplex with the new starting technique on 100 medium sized problems is reported and compared with that of the primal simplex. Finally, how the dual-simplex with the new starting technique can be efficiently implemented is briefly discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0100.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Innovation and Foreign Investment Behavior of the U.S. Pharmaceutical Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0101</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cohen</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Katz</surname>
          <given-names>Jorge</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Beck</surname>
          <given-names>William T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper deals with the links between the development of new drugs, and particularly of innovative new drugs, and the international activities of  U.S. drug companies. While U.S. drug companies have developed new production processes - the most notable being the fermentation process for making penicillin - we concentrate in this paper on new products. Since production costs comprise less than 40 percent of the selling price of drugs and since the person choosing the drug rarely pays for it, growth in company sales and profits comes more from introducing new products than from cutting costs and prices of old products. The main novelty of our study is our examination of "innovative" as contrasted with "imitative" new drugs. Previous studies have generally focused on the total number of new drugs produced each year, but since our interest is in the causes and consequences of innovation, we have concentrated on the products we have rated as innovative. Section I explains our criteria for this distinction and presents our enumeration of the innovative new drugs for each of the 22 companies in our sample. In Section II we discuss trends in the rate of drug innovation and the factors influencing those trends. Section III describes our sample of drug companies and characterizes them with respect to their size, research investment, and innovativeness.  Section IV examines the relation of innovativeness to the foreign activities of individual firms. In Section  V we analyze, for a sample of 7 new drugs introduced by two companies, the rate at which use of the drugs was diffused among various countries arid the impact of the presence of manufacturing plants on the rate of diffusion.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0101.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Education and Screening</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0102</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wolpin</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Section I introduces the material. In section II a model is developed which explores the impact of input-quality uncertainty on factor demand from which is derived a rationale for the use of devices which segment the population into classes differing in their "skill" distribution parameters. The model, however, ignores the motivation of individuals to acquire the characteristics upon which firms screen, in particular, the greater incentive for the more productive to purchase the screen. This aspect has been explored by Spence (1973) and Stiglitz (1973) and will not be explicitly considered here. In section III the social value of schooling's informational context is derived within the preceeding framework. Section IV describes some empirical attempts to isolate the productivity and identification effects. The last section summarizes the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0102.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rosepack Document 1: Guidelines for Writing Semi-portable Fortran</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0103</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kaden</surname>
          <given-names>Neil</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Virginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Transferring Fortran subroutines from one manufacturer's machine to another or from one operating system to another puts certain constrains on the construction of the Fortran statements that are used in the subroutines. The reliable performance of this mathematical software should be unaffected by the host environment in which the software is used or by the compiler from which the code is generated. In short, the algorithm is to he independent of the computing environment in which it is run. The subroutines of ROSEPACK (Robust Statistics Estimation Package) are Fortran IV source code designed to be semi-portable where semi-portable is defined to mean transportable with minimum change.*</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0103.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Education: Consumption or Production</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0104</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It can be claimed that education is simply a normal consumption good and that like all other normal goods, an increase in wealth will produce an increase in the amount of schooling purchased. Increased incomes are associated with higher schooling attainment as the simple result of an income effect.  If this is so, schooling increases an individual's wealth only by the consumption value of the good, since it is a non-saleable asset. This paper will attempt to determine empirically the amount by which an increase in wealth is caused by schooling as distinguished from the amount by which the demand for schooling increases as the result of an increase in wealth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0104.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Time-Utilization of a Population of General Practitioners in a Prepaid Group Practice</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0105</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Watkins</surname>
          <given-names>Richard N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hughes</surname>
          <given-names>Edward F.X</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lewit</surname>
          <given-names>Eugene</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A population of seven general surgeons in a prepaid group practice previously shown to have a mean operative work load of 9.2 HE per week were found to have a mean standardized seven day working week of 56.2 hours exclusive of evening activities. The surgeons also devoted a mean of 6.7 evening hours to professional activities for a total working week of 62.9 hours. Comparisons of the time utilization of this population of general surgeons with a population of previously studied community surgeons revealed that the prepaid group surgeons were able to maintain a surgical output more than double that of the community surgeons without having to devote twice as much time to professional activities. Economies in the utilization of surgical manpower in the prepaid group appear to stem from geographic and specialty restrictions on the scope of work of the surgeons, from a reduction of waiting time in the office, and from the utilization of paraprofessional personnel for operative assisting.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0105.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Parametric Integer Programming the Right Hand Side Case</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0106</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marsten</surname>
          <given-names>Roy A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Morin</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A family of integer programs is considered whose right-hand-sides lie on a given line segment L. This family is called a parametric integer program (PIP). Solving a (PIP) means finding an optimal solution for every program in the family. It is shown how a simple generalization of the conventional branch-and-bound approach to integer programming makes it possible to solve such a (PIP). The usual bounding test is extended from a comparison of two point values to a comparison of two functions defined on the line segment L. The method is illustrated on a small example and computational results for some larger problems are reported.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0106.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security and Retirement Decisions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0107</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>One of the most striking features of the postwar U.S. economy has been the rapid decrease in the labor force participation of the elderly at a time when the health of this group has been improving. In spite of this, previous research, based on retrospective interviews with the retired population, usually concludes that poor health accounts for the overwhelming majority of retirements. The current results suggest that nothing could be further from the truth. Using data from the Panel Study of Income Dynamics, we follow a cohort of white married males through their sixties to estimate a model of retirement behavior. Using several definitions of retirement suggested in the literature, the results suggest that the two key policy parameters of the social security system â€“ the income guarantee and the implicit tax on earnings â€“ exert an enormous influence on retirement decisions. For example, our results suggest that a decrease in the implicit tax rate on earnings from one-half to one-third would reduce the annual probability of retirement by almost sixty percent! Applying the coefficient estimates to time series data on the labor force participation of the elderly implies that the social security sys-tem has been the major factor in the explosion in earlier retirement.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0107.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Are Health Workers Underpaid?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0108</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There is a clear need for a firm statistical base describing the levels and rates of change of wages for various types of manpower in hospitals and other health settings, and for analytical studies designed to explain the causes and consequences of wage variation in the health industry. This paper is intended to fill the first need, and provide data for the second. With the rich detail provided in the public use samples of the 1960 and 1970 Censuses of Population, it is possible to calculate hourly earnings rates for all allied health personnel classified by occupation, sex, schooling, geographical location, and many other characteristics. Furthermore, it is possible to compare these earnings with those of workers with similar characteristics in other non-farm industries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0108.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Notes on Automating Stem and Leaf Displays</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0109</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hoaglin</surname>
          <given-names>David C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wasserman</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The stem-and-leaf display is a natural semi-graphic technique to include in statistical computing systems. This paper discusses the choices involved in implementing both automated and flexible versions of the display, develops an algorithm for the automated version, examines various implementation considerations, and presents a set of semi-portable FORTRAN subroutines for producing stem-and-leaf displays.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0109.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Independent Judiciary in an Interest-Group Perspective</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0110</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We believe that at a deeper level the independent judiciary is not only consistent with, but essential to, the interest-group theory of government. Part I of this paper explains our theory of the independent judiciary. Part II discusses several implications of the theory, relating to administrative regulation, the form of interest-group legislation, the tenure of judges, and constitutional adjudication. The appendix to this paper presents an empirical analysis of judicial independence using data on Acts of Congress that have been held unconstitutional by the Supreme Court.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0110.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Confidence Regions for Robust Regression</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0111</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper describes the results of a Monte Carlo study of certain aspects of robust regression confidence region estimation for linear models with one, five, and seven parameters. One-step sine estimators (c = l.42) were used with design matrices consisting of short-tailed, Gaussian, and long-tailed columns. The samples were generated from a variety of contaminated Gaussian distributions. A number of proposals for covariance matrices were tried, including forms derived from asymptotic considerations and from weighted-least squares with data dependent weights. Comparisons with: the Monte Carlo "truth" were made using generalized eigenvalues. In order to measure efficiency and compute approximate t-values, linear combinations of parameters corresponding to the largest eigenvalues of the "truth" were examined. For design matrices with columns of modest kurtosis, the covariance estimators all give reasonable results and, after adjusting for asymptotic bias, some useful approximate t-values can be obtained. This implies that the standard weighted least-squares output using data-dependent weights need only be modified slightly to give useful robust confidence intervals. When design matrix kurtosis is high and severe contamination is present in the data, these simple approximations are not adequate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0111.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Beta-Logistic Model for the Analysis of Sequential Labor Force Participation by Married Women</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0112</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, we discuss statistical problems that arise in studying sequences of quantal responses (e.g., labor force participation) in panel data on heterogeneous populations (i.e., populations in which there is unobserved variation in response probabilities). Assuming that response probabilities are governed by a beta distribution, we derive a generalization of the cross-section logit model to enable it to deal with sequences of discrete events in panel data. This model is applied to panel data on labor force participation of married women. One of our findings is that the distribution of participation probabilities is U-shaped, indicating that most women have participation probabilities near zero or one.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0112.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Random Directed Graph Distributions in the Triad Census in Social Networks</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0113</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wasserman</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses the concept of the triad census first introduced by Holland and Leinhardt, and describes several distributions on directed graphs. Methods are presented for calculating the mean and the covariance matrix of the triad census for the uniform distribution that conditions on the number of choices made by each individual in the social network. Several complex distributions on digraphs are approximated, and an application of these methods to a sociogram is given.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0113.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Measurement of Benefits in an Urban Context: Some General Equilibrium Issues</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0114</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Courant</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rubinfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The validity of using local market data to measure the benefits associated with policies adopted in an urban area is investigated .It is shown that the rest of the world is affected by taxing decisions undertaken in a single urban area, so that local data cannot perfectly measure the welfare effects of a policy change. Specifically, the fact that the willingness to pay for a tax increase is positive in the rest of the world suggests that cost-benefit analyses which do not account for the rest of the world may be biased.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0114.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Production of Health Services in Fee for Service, for Profit Health Practices: The Case of Optometrists</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0115</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coate</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to analyze the production process of optometrists in private practice. This study will then provide further evidence on the entrepreneurial performance of primary health professionals in private practice. If optometrists also appear to be using inefficient production techniques further questions can be raised about organizing the delivery of health services around fee for service, for profit private practices.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0115.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Notes on the Tax Treatment of Human Capital</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0116</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Section 1 presents a preliminary attempt at clarifying the ways in which taxes affect human capital accumulation.  Section 2 outlines a simple general equilibrium model with two capital goods - physical and human â€“ and the saving corresponding to each, to begin to deal with these issues. Once human capital is viewed as an alternative source of wealth and hence human capital investment as a source of current saving (re-sources withdrawn from current consumption to help increase future output),the old issue of the differential tax treatment of alternative types of capital arises. Sensible tax policy with respect to the taxation of either physical or human capital must take into account the tax treatment of the alternative asset. Section 3 outlines some points of departure for such an analysis.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0116.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Job Mobility and Earnings Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0117</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses detailed data on the salary histories of individuals to show how an individual's observed earnings growth can be decomposed into growth occurring on the job and growth occurring between jobs. it is shown that the relative contributions of these two components to overall earnings growth differ across race and education groups. Further, as predicted by the specific training hypothesis, the more mobile individuals are found to have smaller on-the-job earnings gains in absolute terms than the less mobile.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0117.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The International Transfer of Semi-Conductor Technology Through U.S. Based Firms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0118</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Finan</surname>
          <given-names>William F.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study of the U.S. semiconductor industry seeks to examine its international pattern of exports, licensing, and foreign investments. This industry was selected for study because previous work had shown the United States tended to have a favorable trade balance in industries characterized by high technology processes or products. The study is divided into three parts. The first part, consisting of Chapters 2 and 3, discusses the characteristics of the U.S. semiconductor industry and semiconductor technology. The next part, Chapters 4, 5 and 6 examines the different transfer channels and the factors which determine a firm's selection between exports, licensing, and foreign production to supply foreign markets. The final section, Chapter 7, seeks to determine the characteristics of the American firms most responsible for the transfer of technology offshore and the impact of foreign direct investment on trade patterns.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0118.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interequation Constraint and the Specification of Dynamic Structure</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0119</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This note considers the effect of a class of linear inter-equation constraints in the specification of the lag structure in econometric models. In particular, attention is focused on the linear summing, or "adding upâ€?, constraints which arise between equations in factor shares analysis. The consequences of such constraints on the specification of lag structures for models with dynamic adjustments and autoregressive or moving-average disturbances are presented in the form of linear restrictions which result in singular coefficient matrices . Thus, the structural (lag) specification of one equation depends on the structure of all other equations in the model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0119.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>From Bismark to Woodcock: The "Irrational" Pursuit of National Health Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0120</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper contains an exploration of some of the special or general benefits that might explain the widespread pursuit of national health insurance follows.  The primary purpose of this inquiry has been to attempt to explain the popularity of national health insurance around the world.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0120.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analysis of Longitudinal Earnings Data: American Scientists 1960-70</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0121</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The major findings of this study are as follows: (1) Simple cross section estimates grossly underestimate cohort profiles during the period 1960-70. Furthermore the growth in earnings is not uniform across experience groups and more recent vintages tend to have steeper profiles in most fields. Consequently the rate of return or present value comparisons based on cross sections are likely to be misleading even if the standard adjustment for growth is made. (2) For purposes of estimating mean profiles and mean effects of variables estimates based on pooled independent cross sections are quite close to those based on the more expensive longitudinal data. (3) There are important persistent unmeasured individual effects on both the level and growth of earnings. Consequently, individuals with the same observed characteristics will still have a wide variance in their permanent income.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0121.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Market for Optometric Services in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0122</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coate</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to analyze the market for optometric services in the United States.  This paper is divided into seven sections. In the first section an overview of the practice of optometry is presented. This is succeeded by an examination of the distribution of eye health professionals in the United States. In sections 3-5 a market model for optometric services is specified and discussed. Next, estimates of the model are presented.  Finally, the implications of this research are considered.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0122.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Child Endowments, and the Quantity and Quality of Children</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0123</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Tomes</surname>
          <given-names>Nigel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper brings together and integrates social interactions and the special relation between quantity and quality. We are able to show that the observed quality income elasticity would be relatively high and the quantity elasticity relatively low and sometimes negative, even if the true "unobservedâ€? income elasticities for quantity and quality were equal and of average value. Moreover, the observed quality elasticity would fall, and the observed quantity elasticity would rise, as parental income rose.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0123.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Representing Symmetric Rank Two Updates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0124</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gay</surname>
          <given-names>David M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Various quasi-Newton methods periodically add a symmetric "correction" matrix of rank at most 2 to a matrix approximating some quantity A of interest (such as the Hessian of an objective function). In this paper we examine several ways to express a symmetric rank 2 matrix [delta] as the sum of rank 1 matrices. We show that it is easy to compute rank 1 matrices [delta1] and [delta2] such that [delta] = [delta1] + [delta2] and [the norm of delta1]+ [the norm of delta2]   is minimized, where ||.|| is any inner product norm. Such a representation recommends itself for use in those computer programs that maintain A explicitly, since it should reduce cancellation errors and/or improve efficiency over other representations. In the common case where [delta] is indefinite, a choice of the form [delta1] = [delta2 to the power of T] = [xy to the power of T] appears best. This case occurs for rank 2 quasi- Newton updates [delta] exactly when [delta] may be obtained by symmetrizing some rank 1 update; such popular updates as the DFP, BFGS, PSB, and Davidon's new optimally conditioned update fall into this category.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0124.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Modifying Singular Values to Solve Possible Singular Systems of Non-Linear Equations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0125</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gay</surname>
          <given-names>David M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We show that if a certain nondegeneracy assumption holds, it is possible to guarantee the existence of a solution to a system of nonlinear equations f(x) = 0 whose Jacobian matrix J(x) exists but maybe singular. The main idea is to modify small singular values of J(x) in such away that the modified Jacobian matrix J^(x) has a continuous pseudoinverse J^+(x)and that a solution x* of f(x) = 0 may be found by determining an asymptote of the solution to the initial value problem x(0) = x[sub0}, xâ€™(t) = -J^+(x)f(x). We briefly discuss practical (algorithmic) implications of this result. Although the nondegeneracy assumption may fail for many systems of interest (indeed, if the assumption holds and J(x*) is non-singular, then x is unique), algorithms using(x) may enjoy a larger region of convergence than those that require(an approximation to) J[to the -1 power[(x).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0125.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Transnational Activity and Market Entry in the Semiconductor Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0126</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lake</surname>
          <given-names>Arthur W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper has examined the factors that affect the pattern of introduction of semiconductor innovations into the United Kingdom, studying both differences among products and differences among firms. The pattern of product innovations is based on the concept of a lifecycle process. A model is developed for estimating product life cycles in a way that gives information suitable for assessing induced changes in the host country industry. The analysis that follows is broken into two parts. Firstly, factors determining the rate of diffusion of the innovations in the host country are examined; secondly, factors determining the positions of individual firms within the life cycle are considered.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0126.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Identification Theory for Time Varying Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0127</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The identification of time-varying coefficient regression models is investigated using an analysis of the classical information matrix. The variable coefficients are characterized by autoregressive stochastic processes, allowing the entire model to be case in state space form. Thus the unknown stochastic specification parameters and priors can be interpreted in terms of the coefficient matrices and initial state vector. Concentration of the likelihood function on these quantities allows the identification of each to be considered separately. Suitable restriction of the form of the state space model, coupled with the concept of controllability, lead to sufficient conditions for the identification of the coefficient transition parameters. Partial identification of the variance-covariance matrix for the random disturbances on the coefficients is established in a like manner. Introducing the additional concept of observability then provides for necessary and sufficient conditions for identification of the unknown priors. The results so obtained are completely analogous to those already established in the econometric literature, namely, that the coefficients of the reduced form are always identified subject to the absence of multicollinearity. Some consistency results are also presented which derive from the above approach.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0127.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Note on Optimal Smoothing for Time Varying Coefficient Problems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0128</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An algorithm is presented which provides a complete solution to the optimal estimation problem for time-varying parameters when no proper prior distribution is specified. The key ideas involve a combination of the information-form Kalman filter with the two-filter interpretation of the optimal smoother. The algorithm produces efficient estimates of the parameter trajectories over the entire sample, arid is equally applicable when a proper prior distribution has been specified.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0128.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Survey of Recent Research in Health Economics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0129</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this survey of recent research in health economics, I concentrate on studies that have appeared since 1971 or are in progress. The survey reflects in part my own research interests and biases and is not meant to be comprehensive. Four topics are covered: (1) demand for adults' health and medical care; (2) effects of health on labor supply and wage rates; (3) demand for children's health and medical care and (4) selected topics pertaining to the supply side of the medical care market.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0129.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rosepack Document 3: Guidelines for Writing Semi-Portable Fortran</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0130</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kaden</surname>
          <given-names>Neil</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Virginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Transferring Fortran subroutines from one manufacturer' s machine to another, or from one operating system to another, puts certain constraints on the construction of the Fortran statements that are used in the subroutines. The reliable performance of mathematical software should be unaffected by the host environment in which the software is used or by the compiler from which the cod eis generated. In short, the reliable performance of the algorithm is to be independent of the computing environment in which it is run. The subroutines of ROSEPACK (Robust Statistics Estimation Package) are Fortran IV source code designed to be semi-portable where semi-portable is defined to mean transportable with minimum change. *This paper described the guidelines by which ROSEPACK subroutines were written.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0130.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exports and Foreign Investment in Manufacturing Industries</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0131</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Merle Yahr</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>One of the main purposes of our studies of U.S.-based multinational firms has been to examine the relationship between direct investment by U.S. firms and the export trade of the United States, a subject of bitter controversy for at least the last fifteen years. Changes over time in trade flows and trade balances are influenced by trends in productivity in the United States and elsewhere and by shifts in monetary and fiscal policy, all of which ate reflected in price and income changes, the effects of which on trade probably swamp any that might stem from changes in the level of direct investment, One way to disentangle some of these influences might be to disaggregate by country, industry, and even better, by firm. However, we have not yet developed enough disaggregated time series data for this purpose and have therefore chosen to work with cross-sections by country and industry and, in some eases, by firm.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0131.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Health, Family Structure, and Labor Supply</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0132</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Parsons</surname>
          <given-names>Donald O.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>I consider the health, family structure, and labor supply inter-relationships at both a theoretical and empirical level. The paper is organized in the following way. SectionI introduces the material. In Section II, a theoretical model of family time allocation among market, home, and health activities is developed. The concept of a family health maintenance function is formalized to generate qualitative predictions of the effect of wages, health status, health care efficiency, and property income on the labor supply of husband and wife. In Section III, data from the older male portion of the National Longitudinal Surveys are used to estimate labor supply functions for married and single men with special attention to differences in poor health responses. A simultaneous model of male labor supply and other family income (chiefly transfer income and the earnings of the wife) is then estimated to determine whether variations in the work hours of males, largely due to health differences, induce any substantial changes in income producing activities by other family members. Finally, in Section IV the detailed time budget data on both males and females from the Productive Americans Survey are used to estimate more precisely the effect of health on total family time allocations. These data provide estimates of the impact of poor health on home production time as well as market time for both husband and wife.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0132.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Toward a More General Theory of Regulation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0133</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Peltzman</surname>
          <given-names>Sam</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In previous literature, George Stigler asserts a law of diminishing returns to group size in politics: Beyond some point it becomes counterproductive to dilute the per capita transfer. Since the total transfer is endogenous, there is a corollary that dirninishing returns apply to the transfer as well, due both to the opposition provoked by the transfer and to the demand this opposition exerts on resources to quiet it. Stigler does not himself formalize this model, and my first task will be to do just this. My simplified formal version of his model produces a result to which Stigler gave only passing recognition, namely that the costs of using the political process limit not only the size of the dominant group but also their gains. This is at one level, a detail, which is the way Stigler treated it, but a detail with some important implications -- for entry into regulation, and for the price-output structure that emerges from regulation. The main task of the paper is to derive these implications from a generalization of Stigler's model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0133.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Demand for Pediatric Care: An Hedonic Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0134</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goldman</surname>
          <given-names>Fred</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The model that we develop is used to analyze properties of the demand functions for quantity and quality. It is then applied to study the demand for pediatric care -- physicians' services rendered to children.2The theoretical model of quantity -- quality substitution provides a frame-work for demand analysis whenever the market for a good is distinguished by a quality component. The analysis is developed within the household production framework of consumer behavior and assumes that parents both demand and produce quality children, where children's health is one aspect of their quality. Thus, the demand curves for pediatric care are derived from the interaction between the demand and production functions of children's health. In the analysis, we emphasize the effects of income, the price of pediatric services, and the time costs of obtaining these services on the quantity (measured in terms of visits) and quality of services demanded.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0134.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation, Saving and the Rate of Interest</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0135</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>After exploring both the crucial role of the interest elasticity of the saving rate in the analysis of a wide variety of issues in economic - particularly tax - policy and reasons why previous studies of the effect of interest rates on consumption and saving have biased the estimated elasticity toward zero, this study presents new estimates of consumption functions based on aggregate U.S. time series data. The results are striking: a variety of functional forms, estimation methods and definitions of the real after-tax rate of return invariably lead to the conclusion of a substantial interest elasticity of saving.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0135.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Behavior in Primary Manufacturing Industries, 1958-1973</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0136</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Popkin</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is the price behavior in primary manufacturing industries and its implication for general inflation that is the subject of this paper. The industries comprising primary manufacturing are quite diverse. They differ with respect to labor and capital intensity, domestic and international market structure and the markets that they supply -- consumer goods manufacturing, producer goods manufacturing and construction. To shed light on the price behavior of the group as a whole it is necessary to disaggregate the total somewhat. In this study they are broken down into eight separate industries. The exact definition of each, both in terms of 4-digit SIC industry and I-0 cell is available on request. In general, the eight separate industries consist of the primary manufacturers producing (1) textiles, (2) wood, (3) paper,(4) chemicals, (5) fertilizers,(6) stone, clay and glass, (7) iron and steel, and (8) nonferrous metals.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0136.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Leisure, Home Production and Work--The Theory of The Allocation of Time Revisited</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0137</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gronau</surname>
          <given-names>Reuben</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>From the theoretical point of view, the justification for aggregating leisure and work at home into one entity, "non-market time" (or "home time") can rest on two assumptions: (a.) the two elements react similarly to changes in the socio-economic environment and, hence, nothing is gained by studying them separately, and (b.) the two elements satisfy the conditions of a composite input, i.e., their relative price is constant, and there is no interest in investigating the composition of this aggregate since it has no bearing on production and the price of the output. This study sets out to show that none of these assumptions holds. Recent time budget findings have established that work at home is affected differently by changes in socioeconomic variables than is leisure, and this paper shows that the aggregation is also suspect from the analytical point of view.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0137.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Experience, Vintage and Time Effects in the Growth of Earnings: AmericanScientists, 1960-1970</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0138</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is concerned with the growth of individual earnings over time. Four aspects of time are distinguished: experience, age, vintage and calendar year. The first section of the paper provides a brief outline of a theory of planned growth in earnings. The second and main section of the paper is devoted to an empirical attempt to estimate the role of experience, vintage and age on the growth in earnings and to separate these effects from exogenous changes in market conditions. We present a detailed specification of the earnings function which accounts for the inherent multi-collinearity between variables such as time, vintage and experience. One of our main objectives is to point out the implications of this identification problem for the analysis of earnings data. Though we cannot completely eliminate this difficulty, longitudinal data, which follows the same individuals over a period of time, allows us to identify more aspects of time than one could obtain from a single cross section. We provide a descriptive analysis of the exogenous changes in market conditions occurring during the period. No attempt is made to relate them to causal changes, such as past and expected future enrollment and government research grants. We find two basic tendencies: (1) Over the decade as a whole, scientists in academic institutions enjoyed better market conditions and thus a higher growth rate than those employed in private industry. (2) Toward the end of the decade, there is a marked reduction in the market's contribution to the growth rate. In some fields, such as physics, we note an actual reduction in the real earnings of new entrants. We conclude with a brief discussion of the changes in relative earnings over the decade by field and type of employer.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0138.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Treatment Decision-Making in Catastrophic Illness</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0139</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Warner</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is well established that the social and economic environment of medical care distinguishes its provision from that of other goods and services. While scholars have studied the influences of this idiosyncratic environment, there is relatively little empirical knowledge about how it affects decision-making in specific medical contexts. Through general conceptual discussion and consideration of a case study of leukemia chemo-therapy, this paper examines the medical decision-making process in one specific context: the response of physicians to the availability of an innovative treatment for a catastrophic illness. The manner in which the medical profession deals with serious illness is relevant to concerns as diverse as the promotion of economic efficiency and the preservation of human dignity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0139.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Multiplicative Model of Investment in Human Capital</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0140</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to analyze the effects of changes in exogenous parameters such as the interest rate, the length of the working period and initial endowments on the shape of the observed earnings profile. Though this problem can be treated in general, we shall restrict ourselves to the following "inverse optimal" problem: find a form of the trade-off function between current and future earnings which leads to a logarithmic earnings function. In the paper we demonstrate that logarithmic earning functions can be derived from optimal behavior. Specifically, the simple case which we analyze leads to piece wise linear log earnings functions. Such a derivation has the advantage that the effects on earnings of exogenous factors can be consistently analyzed. The model is sufficiently simple to allow a clear exposition of the basic elements which govern earnings in a static world. The same elements appear in the more complicated derivations currently available in the literature but it is more difficult to trace their impact. The multiplicative model provides additional information on the robustness of the results previously derived from the Ben-Porath specification. This is particularly important since the "production function" for human capital is not directly observable and alternative specification can only be compared in terms of their implications with respect to observed earnings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0140.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Family Background and Optimal Schooling Decision</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0141</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, another aspect of optimizing behavior is considered. Specifically, it asks whether variations in levels of attained schooling across groups can be explained by a model that assumes that capital markets are perfect and that individuals maximize wealth. The logic of the analysis proceeds as follows: First, a model is constructed that allows estimation of costs and returns to education for each individual, based on the assumption that all individuals face the same borrowing rates. Given costs and returns, one can obtain an optimal wealth-maximizing level of education for each individual. Differences between actually acquired and wealth-maximizing levels of education can then be calculated, and one can determine whether or not the residuals are systematically related to background variables. If, for example, low-income individuals have a consistently larger estimated wealth-maximizing level of education than actual level, one could conclude either that returns to schooling differed between groups or that capital market differences exist. The model allows these two explanations to be distinguished. Since differential returns are caused by wage differences across groups, the wealth-maximizing level can take these labor market variations into account. Any residual variation will be due to factors other than differential wage rates, presumably capital cost differences .</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0141.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimation of Econometric Model Using Nonlinear Full Information Maximum Likelihood: Preliminary Computer Results</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0142</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Belsley</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This working paper provides some preliminary results on the computational feasibility of nonlinear full information maximum likelihood (NECML) estimation. Severa1 of the test cases presented were also subjected to nonlinear three stage least square (NLBSLS) estimation in order to illustrate the relative performance of the two estimation techniques. In addition, certain other aspects central to practical implementation are highlighted. These include the effect of various computers on the efficiency of the code, as well as the relative merits of numerical and analytical generation of gradient information. Broadly speaking, NLFIML appears competitive in cost and superior in statistical properties to NL3SLS.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0142.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Distribution of Earnings Profiles in Longitudinal Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0143</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Borjas</surname>
          <given-names>George J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We take advantage of our longitudinal data to explore individual variation in the parameters of individual earnings functions. (1) For this purpose we fit an earnings function to each of the individual histories in the sample.(2) We then try to ascertain the extent to which the estimated variation in individual parameters helps in explaining the cross-sectional variation in earnings.(3) we further inquire into the relation between the individual parameters and a vector of personal characteristics, as well as(4) into indirect (via variables and parameters) and direct effects of these characteristics on earnings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0143.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Income Redistribution When Individual Welfare Depends Upon Relative Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0144</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sheshinski</surname>
          <given-names>Eytan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of the present note is to explore the structure of optimal income taxation/redistribution in an economy where the welfare of individuals depends in part on relative after-tax consumption, i.e., we specify individual welfare as a function of absolute and relative after-tax consumption, with diminishing marginal utility to each. With such a specification, of course, an additional incentive for income redistribution from wealthy to poor citizens is created and the logical impossibility of increasing tax rates to the point where disincentive effects actually reduce tax revenues is potentially removed. The analysis highlights the importance of the marginal valuation placed on upward social mobility in various ranges of the income distribution and its interaction with the elasticity of the marginal utility of consumption; of course, "labor supply" elasticities, the form of the social welfare function, and the skill distribution continue to play an important role.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0144.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Intergenerational Externalities</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0145</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A common theme which runs through much of the investment literature is that private incentives may lead to sub-optimal levels of investment activity. The idea has been extended casually to consideration of human capital investment as well. It is sometimes contended that decisions, made by parents, have adverse effects on their offspring, which could be prevented if inter-generational contracts could be struck. If so, a case can be made for government intervention or subsidization programs to alleviate these intergenerational externalities. Specifically, the sub-optimal investment in offspring human capital may take such obvious forms as poor clothing, too little health care, or too few resources devoted to the child's education. Less obvious externalities may result when parents underinvest in themselves because they fail to consider spillover benefits to their children. Parental schooling, for example, may affect the child's ability (or desire) to learn. Dietary patterns established by parents for themselves may influence the child's eating habits and affect his health. More directly, healthy parents are less likely to transmit diseases to their offspring. This paper will examine the effects of these intergenerational externalities in greater detail.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0145.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Legal Precedent: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0146</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The use of precedents to create rules of legal obligation has, to our knowledge, received little theoretical or empirical analysis. This paper presents and tests empirically an economic approach to legal precedent that is derived mainly from the analysis of capital formation and investment. We treat the body of legal precedents created by judicial decisions in prior periods as a capital stock that yields a flow of information services which depreciates over time as new conditions arise that were not foreseen by the framers of the existing precedents. New (and replacement) capital is created by investment in the production of precedents.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0146.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Factors Affecting Divorce:  A Study of the Terman Sample</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0147</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Within the past few years, renewed interest in understanding marital behavior has resulted in a number of studies which focus on an equation estimating the probability of divorce or remarriage. This paper reports on one such effort. It offers a brief rationale for and an estimation of probability functions for divorce rates at specific lengths of marriage duration for a very unrepresentative sample of American women -- a group of geniuses. The data are from the "Terman sample" of some 671 women selected in 1921 (together with a comparable group of men) by psychologist Lewis N. Terman. The sample was chosen from children enrolled in California schools in urban areas. It included children, preselected by their teachers, whose measured IQ was 135 or above. The sample thus represented students in the highest one percent of the school population in general intelligence. In another report I have compared the marital behavior of these Terman subjects to the relevant California population, controlling for the very high level of schooling and the somewhat constricted distribution of age at first marriage among the Terman subjects (Michael 1976).  The Terman subjects generally exhibited the same qualitative relationships between marital patterns and such variables as age at marriage and schooling as the California population. However, one should keep in mind the very special nature of this sample when comparing results with other studies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0147.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Who is the Family's Main Breadwinner? The Wife's Contribution to Full Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0148</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gronau</surname>
          <given-names>Reuben</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In contrast to past studies which have focused on the labor inputs going into home production (Sirageldin, 1969; Walker and Gauger, 1973), the emphasis in this paper is on the measurement of productivity and total home output. The questions I try to answer are: What are the factors determining the wife's productivity at home? What is the value of home production and how does it compare with the family's money in-come? How does the value of home production differ among families with different socioeconomic backgrounds? How is it affected by the wife's labor force participation and by the existence of young children? How does it changeover the family's life cycle?</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0148.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Age, Education and Occupational Earnings Inequality</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0149</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wolff</surname>
          <given-names>Edward N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bushe</surname>
          <given-names>Dennis M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, we will investigate the effect of six factors on occupational earnings inequality across all occupations in our sample and across occupations in five major Census subgroups. Those six factors are: differences in tasks, different levels of efficiency, institutional factors, time worked, the demand for labor and discrimination.  Age and schooling will receive primary attention in our work and it will be shown that they are important determinants of earnings inequality among professional and clerical occupations but not among skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled occupations. Ability is also hypothesized as an important factor, but no measure of ability is provided in our sample. Differences in time worked and labor demand conditions, as measured by industrial and urban-rural mix, will also be analyzed, and their effect on earnings inequality is strong in most of the occupational subsamples. Differences in the race and sex composition of occupations do not appear to be significant factors in occupational earnings inequality, and the explanation offered is that discrimination takes the form of occupational segregation rather than differences in pay for similar work. In the conclusion a sketch of a "structural" theory of income distribution is proposed to account for our results.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0149.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Dynamic Aspects of Earnings Mobility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0150</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper proposes an econometric methodology to deal with life cycle earnings and mobility among discrete earnings classes. First, we use panel data on male log earnings to estimate an earnings function with permanent and serially correlated transitory components due to both measured and unmeasured variables. Assuming that the error components are normally distributed, we develop statements for the probability that an individual's earnings will fall into a particular but arbitrary time sequence of poverty states. Using these statements, we illustrate the implications of our earnings model for poverty dynamics and compare our approach to Markov chain models of income mobility.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0150.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Some Lessons from the New Public Finance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0151</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In the last few years, there has developed a large literature, sometimes referred to as the new "public finance," providing a quantitative analysis of a number of traditional problems within the field.  This paper is concerned with surveying, or interpreting, what can be learned from this literature; and our belief is that it has taught us a great deal.  We concern ourselves here not so much with the derivation of precise formulae, e.g. for optimal tax rates, but with the more general lessons which have emerged.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0151.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Tax Theory: Econometric Evidence and Tax Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0152</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to provide a progress report on the issue of the implications of optimal tax theory and recent econometric evidence for tax policy. Toward this end, Section 2 provides a brief and often heuristic summary of the major results of optimal tax theory. Section 3 reports the results of some recent econometric studies of saving and labor supply. Finally, Section 4 outlines the implications of the combined theory and econometric evidence for tax policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0152.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Economics of Marital Instability</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0153</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>Elisabeth M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper focuses on the causes of divorce. Section I developsa theoretical analysis of marital dissolution incorporating uncertaintyabout the outcomes of marital decisions into a framework of utilitymaximization and the marriage market. Section II explores the implica-tions of the theoretical analysis with cross-sectional data,primarilythe 1967 Survey of Economic Opportunity and the Terman sample. Therelevance of both the theoretical and empirical analyses in explainingthe recent acceleration in the U.S. divorce rate is discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0153.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Multicollinearity: Diagnosing its Presence and Assessing the Potential Damage It Causes Least Squares Estimation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0154</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Belsley</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper suggests and examines a straightforward diagnostic test procedure that 1) provides numerical indexes whose magnitudes signify the presence of one or more near dependencies among columns of a data matrix X, and 2) provides a means for determining, within the linear regression model, the extent to which each such near dependency is degrading the least- squares estimation of each regression coefficient. In most instances this latter information also enables the investigator to determine specifically which columns of the data matrix are involved in each near dependency. The diagnostic test is based on an interrelation between two analytic devices, the singular-value decomposition (closely related to eigensystems) and a matching regression-variance decomposition. Both these devices are developed in full. The test is successfully given empirical content through a set of experiments that examine its behavior when applied to several different series of data matrices having one or more known near dependencies that are weak to begin with and are made to became systematically more nearly perfectly collinear. The general diagnostic properties of the test that result from these experiments and the steps required to carry out the test are summarized, and then exemplified by application to real economic data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0154.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Foreign Competition and the UK</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0155</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lake</surname>
          <given-names>Arthur W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper, which seeks to identify factors contributing to the rate and character of technical transfer and to assess host-country research and development effort in response to foreign competition, is one of three examining the impact of technically-advanced companies, particularly American, on British industries. Beginning first with an analysis of imitation cycles in pharmaceuticals and making use of a model of these, the study proceeds to examine the transnational operations of American and other foreign companies, showing the connection between company size, sales and new product introductions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0155.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Efficient Estimation of a Dynamic Error-Shock Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0157</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hsiao</surname>
          <given-names>Cheng</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Robinson</surname>
          <given-names>P. M.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is concerned with the estimation of the parameters in a dynamic simultaneous equation model with stationary disturbances under the assumption that the variables are subject to random measurement errors. The conditions under which the parameters are identified are stated. An asymptotically efficient frequency-domain class of instrumental variables estimators is suggested. The procedure consists of two basic steps. The first step transforms the model in such a way that the observed exogenous variables are asymptotically orthogonal to the residual terms. The second step involves an iterative procedure like that of Robinson [13].</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0157.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Market for Lawyers: The Determinants of the Demand for and Supply ofLawyers</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0158</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pashigian</surname>
          <given-names>B. Peter</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Some additional evidence on the comparative effect of income, regulation, and other variables on the demand for lawyers is called for. One objective of this paper is to investigate the speed of adjustment of law schools to shifts in the demand for lawyers. Section I presents a theoretical model of the demand for and supply of lawyers. The empirical counterparts of the variables are introduced in Section II. Section III presents the results of the estimation and Section IV compares the actual number of lawyers with the number that would have existed if lawyers earned a normal return on their investment in legal education. Section V presents other evidence of an excess demand for lawyers and offers several explanations for the speed of adjustment of enrollments in law schools to shifts in the demand for lawyers. The paper ends with a summary of the major findings of the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0158.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Conic Algorithm for the Group Minimization Problem</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0159</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Simeone</surname>
          <given-names>Bruno</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A new algorithm for the group minimization problem (GP) is proposed. The algorithm can be broadly described as follows. A suitable relaxation of(GP) is defined, in which any feasible point satisfies the group equation but may have negative components. The feasible points of the relaxation are then generated in order of ascending costs by a variant of a well-known algorithm of Glover, and checked for non-negativity. The first non-negative point is an optimal solution of (GP). Advantages and disadvantages of the algorithm are discussed; in particular, the implementation of the algorithm (which can be easily extended so as to solve integer linear programming problems) does not require group arithmetics.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0159.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Misintermediation and Business Fluctuation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0160</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Individuals plan consumption and production for different points in the future, using interest rates of various maturities as a guide. How-ever, individuals do not always pre-contract all planned future borrowing and lending, and the intermediaries they work through often do not match the maturity structure of their assets and liabilities. As a result of this individual failure to hedge and institutional "misintermediation", aggregate production and consumption plans for each period in the future need not coincide. The resulting discrepancy will eventually appear as a recession or boom, involving an unanticipated change in interest rates. Fiscal stimulus aggravates the welfare loss associated with a recession, whether the spending is consumption-displacing or wholly wasteful.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0160.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Middle-Age Job Mobility: Its Determinants and Consequences</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0161</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Borjas</surname>
          <given-names>George J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our paper uses the wealth of information available in the NLS to expand on previous work in several ways. First, we investigate whether there is a meaningful distinction among types of job separations. Traditional analysis has categorized job separations as either employee-initiated (quits) or employer-initiated (layoffs). We question whether this dichotomy is correct. The National Longitudinal Survey data is especially useful for studying the relationship between wages and the probability of quitting.  Most theoretical work on the determinants of job separation concludes that the probability of changing jobs is related to a reservation wage. The NLS data set allows us to test this relationship since it includes information on the individual's "hypothetical wage"-- that is, the wage required to induce the individual to accept another job. Given this information, we are able to compare the effects of different measures of the individual's price of time (e.g. the current wage and the reservation wage) on the probability of quitting. In addition, we analyze the role of human capital variables, job related characteristics and family background in the determination of job mobility. The analysis of the determinants of job separations in the cross-section naturally leads to an investigation of the relationship between previous separations and future separations. In particular, we consider whether such a relationship exists, and whether the nature of previous separations is a good predictor of the nature of future separations. Finally, we analyze the effects of job mobility on earnings and on job satisfaction. We distinguish between the immediate gains to mobility and the future gains to mobility, and also consider whether the nature of the separation is an important determinant of the consequences of job mobility.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0161.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Quality, the Demand for Skill, and Market Selection</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0162</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Sherwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates some alternative definitions of labor for productivity and demand analysis. The paper is organized as follows: Section II considers the organization of work activities in a simple fixed coefficient technology in the presence of comparative advantage among various classes of workers. Assuming that the number of independent productive activities exceeds the number of comparative advantage classes, an application of the envelope theorem shows the derivation from first principles of a neoclassical production function with input dimension (the number of workers of each type) smaller than the engineering technology(the number of activities). This is the basic result illustrating that occupational classifications depend on both the technology and the distribution of skills (factor supplies) in the working population, a fact that may be relevant to international and other cross-sectional differences in productivity and the demand for labor. The situation is reversed in section III, which treats the case where the number of worker classifications exceeds the number of production activities. In this case the micro-technology cannot be reduced below the basic set of work activities one starts with, and within these categories labor can be aggregated according to efficiency units. However, the nature of factor endowments in economies of this sort is rather different than in the neoclassical model, and leads to an output transformation function that has all the neoclassical properties. This result is reminiscent of an example of Houthakker (also, see Sato) who also obtained smooth neoclassical behavioral functions from underlying distributional phenomena. Section IV examines the characteristics-factor approach to labor aggregation and relates it to the results in section III, noting an inherent difficulty arising from selectivity of various ability groups of workers among work activities due to comparative advantage. In effect, the existence of rent destroys the possibility of simple linear aggregation. Finally, section V indicates some problems with applying the theory of marriage directly to labor demand. These issues become most interesting when there are incomplete markets that limit the gains from fully exploiting comparative advantage, due to transactions costs. The results are limited, but some examples show that any predictions concerning positive or negative assortive matching of workers depends not only on the correlation of talents among members of the work force, but also on the nature of technology and the distribution of demands for various outputs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0162.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Gains and Losses From Industrial Concentration</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0163</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Peltzman</surname>
          <given-names>Sam</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In essence, this paper will try to decompose the concentration-profits relationship into separate concentration-price arid concentration-cost relationships. By doing this, I hope to shed light on some of the allocative and distributive issues that, I suspect, give the subject its intrinsic interest, but which have not so far been confronted empirically: Does high concentration save or waste resources? Does it lead to higher prices? Who gains and loses from a social policy hostile to high concentration? Since the unique aspect of the paper is its focus on a concentration-cost relationship, most of the analytical effort is spent here. I review the theory underlying such a relationship, and develop and implement a model designed to estimate its importance. Subsequently, I try to estimate how much of the usual profit-concentration relationship is due to cost effects and how much to price effects. The main conclusion is that, while price effects are not absent, the cost effects so dominate them as to cast doubt on the efficacy of any general legal rule hostile to industrial concentration.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0163.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Alternative Trade Strategies and Employment - Plan of Research for Country Studies</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0164</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krueger</surname>
          <given-names>Anne O</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper was originally prepared as part of the first stage of the research project, Alternative Trade Strategies and Employment. The project as a whole is focused upon identifying the relationships between alternative trade strategies -- export promotion and import substitution -- and growth in the demand for labor. The project has altogether three stages: (1) the preparatory stage, in which the theory underlying the relationship between trade strategy and employment was developed and a methodology for undertaking empirical research was formulated; (2) the second stage, in which project participants undertook the empirical research for individual countries and also for particular topics of special interest for the project as a whole, based upon the papers prepared in the first stage; and (3) a summing up, in which the results of the individual studies are analyzed in order to ascertain what insights into the trade-employment relation seem generally applicable. At the present time, the second stage of the project is nearing completion. This paper constituted one part of the first stage of the project: it spells out much of the basic methodology that underlies the individual country studies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0164.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rosetak Document 4: Rank Degeneracies and Least Square Problems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0165</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Golub</surname>
          <given-names>Gene</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Viriginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stewart</surname>
          <given-names>G. W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we shall be concerned with the following problem. Let A be an m x n matrix with m being greater than or equal to n, and suppose that A is near (in a sense to be made precise later) a matrix B whose rank is less than n. Can one find a set of linearly independent columns of A that span a good approximation to the column space of B? The solution of this problem is important in a number of applications. In this paper we shall be chiefly interested in the case where the columns of A represent factors or carriers in a linear model which is to be fit to a vector of observations b. In some such applications, where the elements of A can be specified exactly (e.g. the analysis of variance), the presence of rank degeneracy in A can be dealt with by explicit mathematical formulas and causes no essential difficulties. In other applications, however, the presence of degeneracy is not at all obvious, and the failure to detect it can result in meaningless results or even the catastrophic failure of the numerical algorithms being used to solve the problem. The organization of this paper is the following. In the next section we shall give a precise definition of approximate degeneracy in terms of the singular value decomposition of A. In Section 3 we shall show that under certain conditions there is associated with A a subspace that is insensitive to how it is approximated by various choices of the columns of A, and in Section 4 we shall apply this result to the solution of the least squares problem. Sections 5, 6, and 7 will be concerned with algorithms for selecting a basis for the stable subspace from among the columns of A.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0165.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Industrial Demand for Energy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0166</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Halborsen</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this study we examine the characteristics of industrial demand for energy, which accounts for more than one-fourth of annual energy consumption in the United States. Our research has been focused on four topics: 1. interfuel substitution in two-digit industries; 2. substitution among energy, capital and labor; 3. technical change in energy use; and 4. dynamic structure of energy demand. The results indicate that technical change has occurred through factor augmentation at unequal rates. Statistically significant labor-using and material-saving biases are found. There also appears to have been a small energy-saving bias, but it is not statistically significant.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0166.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Money And Income, Causality Detection</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0167</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hsiao</surname>
          <given-names>Cheng</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we intend to survey and suggest the theoretical framework of the important aspects of causality detection with the purpose of conveying to the reader the essential features and the different forms in which inferences may be drawn from given data. Section II presents the basic theorem characterizing the causality events and suggests two feedback detection methods which, like the one suggested by Pierce and Haugh (1977), are based on correlation analysis. In Section III we survey other well-known causality detection methods and try to relate and to compare them with the methods suggested in Section II. Section IV briefly reviews the theoretical controversy of the relationship between money and income and presents some empirical evidence based on the methods discussed in this paper. Conclusions are in Section V.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0167.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage Differentials Are Larger Than You Think</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0168</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper will employ a method (devised in Lazear [1976] ) to estimate the unobserved component of wages. The size of this component will be calculated for non-whites and whites separately and then compared. Since, as it turns out, the component is larger for whites than non-whites, observed wage differentials understate true differentials. Furthermore, comparison of the period between1966-1969 with the 1972-1974 period reveals that this unobserved differential increased substantially over time. The results of this study suggest that although the pecuniary non-white -- white differential has narrowed substantially between 1966 and 1974 for young men, the on-the-job training differential has increased by almost the exact same amount. This implies that in real wealth terms there has not been any narrowing of the differential at all. This will become more apparent in later years as those non-whites who were hired into skilled jobs today fail to be promoted or obtain higher paying jobs elsewhere at the same rate as their white counterparts.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0168.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Solving Systems of Non-Linear Equations by Broyden's Method with Projected Updates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0169</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gay</surname>
          <given-names>David M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schnabel</surname>
          <given-names>Robert B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We introduce a modification of Broyden's method for finding a zero of n nonlinear equations in n unknowns when analytic derivatives are not available. The method retains the local Q-superlinear convergence of Broyden's method and has the additional property that if any or all of the equations are linear, it locates a zero of these equations in n+1 or fewer iterations. Limited computational experience suggests that our modification often improves upon Eroyden's method.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0169.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Austrian Theory of the Marginal Use  And of Ordinal Marginal Utility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0170</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Austrian theory of the "marginal use" is restated and extended. It is found that the Austrian concept of marginal utility (as derived from the marginal use) is not dependent on cardinal utility, and indeed is consistent with "intrinsically ordinal" utility. In this system, diminishing (ordinal) marginal utility is an implication of rational choice, rather than an assumption. Examples of the rank-ordering on commodity space, derived from the underlying rank ordering on want-set space in conjunction with the technological relationship between goods and wants, are given in the cases of independent, rival, and complementary goods. In each case the derived commodity preferences are quasi-concave, which suggests that the Hicksian assumption of quasi-concavity is superfluous. In each case, the Auspitz and Lieben-Edgeworth-Pareto criterion for net complementarity or rivalness emerges. It is shown that while a negative cross substitution elasticity is not a necessary condition for net complementarity, it is a sufficient condition under not very restrictive conditions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0170.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Minimum Wage Legislation on Income Equality: A TheoreticalAnalysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0171</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Minimum wage legislation is frequently advocated in the belief that itcreates a more nearly equal distribution of income. A one-sector model of general equilibrium is used to analyze a universally applicable minimum wage, and a two-sector model is used to analyze a minimum wage that is only applied to certain industries. In both cases we find that a minimum wage may well lower equality (as computed by the Gini index) if we consider reasonable values for the parameters of these two models. In the absence of unemployment compensation, equality can increase only if the elasticity of substitution in production is quite low. In the one-sector case, however, equality necessarily rises if unemployment compensation is present and sufficiently generous.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0171.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sample Selection Bias As a Specification Error (with an Application to the Estimation of Labor Supply Functions)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0172</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, I present a simple characterization of the sample selection bias problem that is also applicable to the conceptually distinct econometric problems that arise from truncated samples and from models with limited dependent variables. The problem of sample selection bias is fit within the conventional specification error framework of Griliches and Theil. A simple estimator is discussed that enables analysts to utilize ordinary regression methods to estimate models free of selection bias. The techniques discussed here are applied to re-estimate and test a model of female labor supply developed by the author. (1974). This paper is in three parts. In the first section, selection bias is presented within the specification error framework. In this section, general distributional assumptions are maintained. In section two, specific results are presented for the case of normal regression disturbances. Simple estimators are proposed and discussed. In the third section, empirical results are presented.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0172.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Linear Regression Diagnostics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0173</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kuh</surname>
          <given-names>Edwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper attempts to provide the user of linear multiple regression with a battery of diagnostic tools to determine which, if any, data points have high leverage or influence on the estimation process and how these possibly discrepant data points differ from the patterns set by the majority of the data. The point of view taken is that when diagnostics indicate the presence of anomolous data, the choice is open as to whether these data are in fact unusual and helpful, or possibly harmful and thus in need of modifications or deletion. The methodology developed depends on differences, derivatives, and decompositions of basic regression statistics. There is also a discussion of how these techniques can be used with robust and ridge estimators. An example is given showing the use of diagnostic methods in the estimation of a cross-country savings rate model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0173.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Educational Screening and Occupational Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0174</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wolff</surname>
          <given-names>Edward N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hay</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The educational screening hypothesis states that beyond a certain point schooling functions as a signaling device to identify pre-existing talents. We test for the presence of screening by comparing the schooling and earnings of self-employed workers and of those employed by others in a sample set of occupations. We expect those employed by others to pursue additional schooling to signal prospective employers. We expect self-employed managers to acquire no additional schooling for signaling purposes. We expect other self-employed workers to obtain additional schooling to signal potential customers. Our empirical results, based on 1970 Census data, strongly support the case for screening. However, the relative magnitude of the screening portion of schooling is relatively modest, lying between approximately 5 and 10 percent.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0174.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Some Convergence Properties of Broyden's Method</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0175</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gay</surname>
          <given-names>David M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In 1965 Broyden introduced a family of algorithms called(rank-one) quasiâ€”New-ton methods for iteratively solving systems of nonlinear equations. We show that when any member of this family is applied to an n x n nonsingular system of linear equations and direct-prediction steps are taken every second iteration, then the solution is found in at most 2n steps. Specializing to the particular family member known as Broydenâ€™s (good) method, we use this result to show that Broyden's method enjoys local 2n-step Q-quadratic convergence on nonlinear problems.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0175.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Export and Domestic Prices Under Inflation and Exchange Rate Movements</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0176</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is almost invariably taken for granted in theoretical descriptions of the international price mechanism and in the construction of trade models that a country's export price for a particular product is identical to its domestic price. Any impact of foreign or domestic events on prices is expected to fall identically on the export and the domestic price for a good. In contrast to these conventional assumptions, the few empirical studies of international prices have shown that there are fairly substantial and long-lasting divergences between export and domestic price changes for the same or closely related products.  If there can be divergences between export and domestic prices, a type of relative price mechanism may be at work: the depreciating country should find export prices rising relative to domestic prices of the same goods.  Since a producer can shift more easily from domestic to export sales of a product than from production of home goods to production of export goods we should expect the changes within commodities between domestic sales and exports to occur more rapidly. Since the evidence is strong that there are divergences between export and domestic prices, we wish to trace through the effects of foreign price changes and exchange rate changes on export and domestic prices and see whether a mechanism of the hypothesized type exists. In this paper we concentrate our attention on price movements, but offer some evidence that the response of exports to these price divergences is in the expected direction.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0176.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Dummy Endogenous Variables in a Simultaneous Equation System</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0177</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers the formulation and estimation of simultaneous equation models with both discrete and continuous endogenous variables. The statistical model proposed here is sufficiently rich to encompass the classical simultaneous equation model for continuous endogenous variables and more recent models for purely discrete endogenous variables as special cases of a more general model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0177.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Investors' Portfolio Behavior Under Alternative Models of Long-Term Interest Rate Expectations: Unitary, Rational, or Autoregressive</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0178</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops behavioral relationships explaining investors' demands for long-term bonds, using three alternative hypotheses about investors' expectations of future bond prices (yields). The results, based on U.S. 'data for six major categories of bond market investors, consistently support an autoregressive expectations model. The results also have implications for further aspects of investors' portfolio behavior, including expectations formation, response to inflation, and speed of adjustment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0178.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Identifying Identical Distributed Lag Structures by the Use of Prior SumConstraints</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0179</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper derives an estimation procedure which, when the same distributed lag appears twice in an equation to be estimated by least-squares regression, identifies all of the relevant coefficients and lag weights and also constrains the two sets of individual lag weights to be identical. The procedure for solving this identification-constraint problem involves prior imposition of a restriction on the lag weight sum -- i.e., it is necessary to impose the sum restriction before estimating the equation. A further useful feature of the derived procedure is that it facilitates conveniently imposing the sum restriction on all of the weights in a distributed lag even if the leading weight is independent of a polynomial restriction imposed on the others.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0179.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Economic Analysis of Children's Health and Intellectual Development</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0180</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The basic purpose of our research is to contribute to an understanding of the joint determination of children's cognitive development and their health. Although there is a large literature concerning the first of these issues, there has been little work on the latter. We also explore interrelationships between various aspects of children's physical health and their intellectual development and, in particular, attempt to answer the important question of whether poor health retards the cognitive development of children.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0180.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Behavior in the Light of Balance of Payments Theories</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0181</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to describe the behavior of that subset of prices and price indexes that is relevant to the theory of balance of payments adjustment. The theoretical writings on the balance of payments may be viewed at this juncture as falling into two main groups -- the "standard" theories and the more recent monetary theories. Each of these is examined to determine the assumptions and predictions made about particular kinds of prices, and the empirical evidence regarding these prices is then set out. Although some assessment of the theories -- solely from the price aspect -- is offered, the emphasis is on the price structure and price behavior that ought to be captured in a satisfactory theory of the mechanisms of international adjustment. For pragmatic reasons, attention is placed mainly on the theory relating to exchange rate changes rather than on the explanation of adjustment with fixed exchange rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0181.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Export Prices and Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0182</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kalter</surname>
          <given-names>Eliot R. J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The present paper is intended to make a modest contribution to an under-standing of one small but important link in this complicated chain of interacting factors. It is a link that has often been ignored because strong simplifying assumptions have until very recently usually been made about it. We refer to the relation of exchange rate changes, export prices, and domestic prices. During the last few years a number of attempts have been made to examine the extent to which exchange rate changes were "passed through"; that is, the extent to which a given depreciation in the U.S. dollar, for example, resulted in a corresponding decline in the price of U.S. exports in foreign currencies. However, the possibility that a change in the exchange rate might also alter the relationship between the export price and the domestic price of a given product, expressed in the same currency, has been almost completely ignored. The assumption made, implicitly by most past writers in the theory of international trade and more recently explicitly by advocates of the monetary approach to the balance of payments, has been that the "law of one price" applies to shipments destined for home markets and for foreign markets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0182.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Government's Impact on the Labor Market Status of Black Americans: A Critical Review</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0183</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Butler</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper surveys recent evidence on the impact of government programs on the measured labor market status of black Americans. In this paper, we argue that previous studies neglect the impact of recent government policy on the supply side of the labor market, and that the supply side effects of recent policy play an important role in explaining the recent measured increase in the ratio of the wages and incomes of blacks to the wages and incomes of whites.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0183.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Theory of the Production and Allocation of Effort</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0184</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to analyze systematically the production of effort and its allocation among different market and non-market sectors. I believe that this analysis can explain much of the variation in earnings that is not explained by human capital. The first section introduces the material.  The next section develops the basic theoretical analysis of the production and allocation of effort by a free person. Section III applies this analysis to the value placed on time a1 located to the non-market sector, the effect of hours worked on fatigue and earnings, life cycle variations-in earnings and hours worked, investment in health, and the effect of marriage on the earnings and health of men and women. Section IV considers worker effort from the view point of firms, and shows how various characteristics of firms determine the wage rates offered and the effort supplied by their workers. Section V analyzes the production and allocation of effort by slaves, and derives "expropriation rates'' and other implications about the treatment of slaves .</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0184.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimation of Permanent and Transitory Response Functions in Panels Data: A Dynamic Labor Supply Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0185</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to develop and test a dynamic labor supply model which incorporates the essential features of these previous models. The issues of permanent and transitory effects and of cross section versus time series can be addressed much more directly given the recent availability of panel data featuring repeated observation over extended periods of time of the same individuals. The labor supply model presented emphasizes the effect of permanent individual wage differences on permanent annual hours of work and the effect of serially correlated transitory individual wage variation on short run hours of work. Permanent and transitory deviations from the aggregate labor supply functions are also allowed. A by-product is an analysis of the relative roles of permanent and transitory components of both wages and hours in the distribution of earnings. The first section introduces the topic and describes related works.  The second section provides a description of the essential features of the model. Section III provides a detailed outline of the empirical model and method of obtaining maximum likelihood estimates of parameters. Section IV provides a discussion of the results including the components of variation in wages, hours, and earnings. Comparisons are made by schooling group, by experience group, by union status, and by wife's work status. Finally the results are summarized in Section V.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0185.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Do Private Pensions Increase National Saving?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0186</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses how private pension programs differ from public social security in their likely impact on aggregate saving. Although private pensions are likely to reduce direct saving by employees, this should be offset by the combination of companies' partial funding and the shareholders response to unfunded liabilities. In contrast to several earlier empirical studies that implied that social security does depress national saving, the current time series evidence suggests that the growth of private pensions has not had an adverse effect on saving and may have increased saving by a small amount.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0186.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of Social Security and Retirement Decisions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0187</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sheshinski</surname>
          <given-names>Eytan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of the present paper is to focus on the potential inducement to retire earlier in the presence of social security and on the implied effects on lifetime savings. This problem is analyzed within the framework of a model of intertemporal utility maximization. The organization of this work is as follows. Section 1 introduces the topic. Section 2 presents the model of individual optimization and of the market equilibrium. Sections 3 through 5 present the comparative statistics analysis. Section 3 evaluates the effects on the equilibrium retirement age, section 4 modifies the benefits formula to depend on retirement age and section 5 examines the wealth-income ratio effect. Section 6 introduces the intergenerational transfer problem. Section 7 presents the general model underlying the previous sections.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0187.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Notes on the Public Debt and Social Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0188</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In these notes I hope to touch on a variety of issues relating to public debt and social insurance and to suggest ways in which they might be approached. It is to be viewed as a research proposal, or an outline of open problems rather than as a statement of results. The notes are divided into two sections. In the first, problems of intertemporal reallocation of resources through the public debt and social security are treated in the context of complete certainty about future events. Both positive and normative aspects of the problem are investigated, but principle emphasis is given to the latter. In the second section, the set of issues related to uncertainty and the role of intergenerational social insurance in its mitigation are explored.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0188.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A System of Subroutines For Iteratively Reweighted Least Squares Computations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0189</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coleman</surname>
          <given-names>David E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holland</surname>
          <given-names>Paul W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kaden</surname>
          <given-names>Neil</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Virginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A description of a system of subroutines to compute solutions to the iteratively reweighted least squares problem is presented. The weights are determined from the data and linear fit and are computed as functions of the scaled residuals. Iteratively reweighted least squares is a part of robust statistics where "robustness" means relative insensitivity to moderate departures from assumptions. The software for iteratively reweighted least squares is cast as semi-portable Fortran code whose performance is unaffected (in the sense that performance will not be degraded) by the computer or operating-system environment in which it is used. An [ell sub1] start and an [ell sub2] start are provided. Eight weight functions, a numerical rank determination, convergence criterion, and a stem-and-leaf display are included.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0189.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Pacific Basin in World Trade: Part I, Current Price Trade Matrices, 1948-1975</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0190</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hickman</surname>
          <given-names>Bert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kuroda</surname>
          <given-names>Yoshimi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lau</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is the first of a sequence of papers on international flows of merchandise trade among fifteen Pacific Basin countries and between them and eleven regions in the Rest of the World. The basic purpose of this report is to present and document annual data on bilateral flows of exports in current prices among the 26 countries and regions in matrix form for the years 1948 through 1975. A second report will provide export price deflators and trade matrices in constant prices for 1955-1975, and a third will analyze the changing pattern of Pacific Basin trade over the same period. The present report is organized as follows. In Section 2 we justify the concept of a Pacific Basin regional economy and describe the postwar trends in its share of world trade and in its internal trading relationships. Section 3 contains a detailed description of the construction of the annual trade matrices. The matrices themselves are presented in Appendix D. Appendix A lists the countries in each regional grouping, and Appendices B and C document adjustments to the basic International Monetary Fund Directions of Trade (DOT) data for the trade of socialist countries and that of Malaysia and Singapore.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0190.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Pacific Basin in World Trade: Part II, Constant-Price Trade Matrices, 1955-1975</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0191</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hickman</surname>
          <given-names>Bert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kuroda</surname>
          <given-names>Yoshimi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lau</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is the second of a sequence of papers on international flows of merchandise trade among fifteen Pacific Basin countries and between them and eleven regions in the Rest of the World. In the first paper in this sequence (Hickman, Kuroda and Lau (1977)) we presented annual data on bilateral flows of exports in current prices among the twenty-six countries and regions for the years 1948 through 1975. The basic purpose of this second report is to present and document data on annual export price indexes of the twenty-six countries and regions and annual bilateral flows of exports in constant U.S. dollar prices among the twenty-six countries and regions in matrix form from 1955 through 1975. A third report will analyze the changing pattern of Pacific Basin trade over the same period. The present report is organized as follows: In Section 2 we present the data sources for the export price indexes. Using these export price indexes, the current price trade matrices derived in the first report(Hickman, Kuroda and Lau (1977)) are deflated to obtain the constant price trade matrices. In Section 3 we examine whether the concept of a Pacific Basin regional economy may still be justified when viewed in a constant price context and describe the postwar trends in its share of world trade and in its internal trading relationships on a constant price basis. In Section 4 we present terms of trade indexes for each country and region from 1955 through 1975 and discuss some of their implications.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0191.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Pacific Basin in World Trade: Part III, An Analysis of Changing Trade Patterns, 1955-1975</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0192</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hickman</surname>
          <given-names>Bert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kuroda</surname>
          <given-names>Yoshimi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lau</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is the third of a sequence of papers on international flows of trade among fifteen Pacific Basin (PB) countries and between them and eleven regions in the Rest of the World (ROW). In Part I of the sequence (Hickman, Kuroda and Lau, 1977a) we presented and documented annual data on bilateral flows of total exports valued f.o.b. in current dollars among the twenty-six countries and regions for the years 1948 through1975. The primary data source is the Direction of Trade computer tape of the International Monetary Fund, but these data were supplemented from other sources, especially as regards the international trade of the socialist countries. The second report (1977b) extended the data base to include unit value export price indexes and the corresponding constant dollar trade flow matrices for the period 1955-1975. In this third report we analyze the changing pattern of PB trade over the same period, using as tools export growth decomposition indexes, trend analysis, and regression analysis of the price elasticity of import market shares. The present paper is organized as follows. In Section 2 we describe the trends in the export performance of the PB countries and ROW regions, as measured by the cumulative percentage change in each country's share of world exports between 1955 and 1975 and for selected sub periods. In Section 3 and Appendices B and C these export share changes are decomposed into three sources: changes in the degree of penetration of the various import markets, changes in the size of the import markets themselves, and an interaction effect. The decomposition indexes are shown in Section 4 to be dominated by the market penetration or competitiveness effect, so that a country gains or loses in world trade according to whether or not it can increase its shares of the markets in which it sells rather than as a passive result of changes in the size of the markets themselves. This leads to a descriptive analysis in Section 5 of the secular growth rates of the market shares of each country or region in the import markets of the twenty-five remaining countries and regions. Finally, we conclude the paper in Section 6 with art exploratory regression analysis of the responsiveness of the market shares to changes in the relative prices of the various exporting countries competing in each import market, leading to the general conclusion that relative prices do matter and presenting estimates of share or substitution elasticities in the various import markets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0192.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Optimal Taxation of Foreign Source Investment Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0193</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hartman</surname>
          <given-names>David G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our paper begins with the relatively simple problem of optimal taxation as viewed by the capital-exporting ("home") country when it can assume that its actions do not alter the tax rate in the host country. Section I also shows that when foreign investment accounts for a significant fraction of production in the host country, the capital-exporting country should tax foreign source investment income more heavily than is implied by the "full taxation after deduction" rule. The important question of tax rate interdependence is developed in Section II. In the third section we replace the assumption that all foreign investment is financed by a transfer of equity capital from the home country with the more realistic description that subsidiary firms borrow in the host country. Although this raises the profitability to the home country of investment by its foreign subsidiaries, we show that this need not alter the conclusions of the previous sections. We regard the present paper as only a first step in a proper analysis of the complex issue of optimal taxation of foreign source investment income. . The static analysis of the present paper should be extended to consider investment paths in growing economics. Finally, the purely nationalistic optimality criterion could be generalized to give some weight to the real income of the rest of the world.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0193.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Cost-Benefit Analysis Under Uncertainty</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0194</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Graham</surname>
          <given-names>David A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In what follows we provide a conceptually correct procedure for determining whether a risky project passes the "potential Pareto improvement" welfare criterion which forms the normative basis of cost-benefit analysis. In this approach the role of secondary markets in providing opportunities for redistributing risk is made transparent and the modifications necessary when such markets do not exist are suggested.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0194.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Finding Leverage Groups</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0195</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coleman</surname>
          <given-names>David E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A brief discussion of recent methods using the Hat Matrix for identifying leverage points, and clustering techniques for finding groups of data points is presented. The problem of identifying leverage groups is addressed, and a heuristic algorithm for identifying both leverage points and leverage groups is proposed. Semi-portable FORTRAN code implementing the algorithm, a sample terminal session, and a discussion of the terminal session are included.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0195.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Adaptive Nonlinear Least Square Algorithm</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0196</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dennis</surname>
          <given-names>John E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gay</surname>
          <given-names>David M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>NL2SOL is a modular program for solving the nonlinear least-squares problem that incorporates a number of novel features. It maintains a secant approximation S to the second-order part of the least-squares Hessian and adaptively decides when to use this approximation. We have found it very helpful to "size" S before updating it, something which looks much akin to Oren-Luenberger scaling. Rather than resorting to line searches or Levenberg-Marquardt modifications, we use the double-dogleg scheme of Dennis and Mei together with a special module for assessing the quality of the step thus computed. We discuss these and other ideas behind NLZSOL and briefly describe its evolution and current implementation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0196.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Agricultural Time Series-Cross Section Data Set</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0197</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>DeCanio</surname>
          <given-names>Steven J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Matthews</surname>
          <given-names>M. Scott</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Agricultural Time Series-Cross Section (ATICS) dataset described in this Working Paper is based on the annual crop and livestock statistics collected by the United States Department of Agriculture. These statistics, scattered through a wide assortment of published and unpublished USDA bulletins and circulars, are extensive in their coverage of the agricultural sector, are highly disaggregated, and span a time period over one hundred years in length. Yet these rich sources have never been unified into a single compilation of data which is accessible, uniform, and machine readable. The ATICS dataset is an attempt to fill this gap.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0197.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Economics of Migration: An Empirical Analysis with Special Referenceto the Role of Job Mobility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0198</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This article continues the work on the analysis of the individual's decision to migrate, but differs from the previous studies by focusing on the relationship between job mobility and migration. First, the proportion of geographic mobility that occurs in conjunction with a job change is calculated. Second, it is shown that the true effects of human capital variables, job characteristics, and family variables on the decision to migrate are best measured when one takes account of the relationship between migration and job mobility. Third, the effect of migration on the wage gains of individuals is studied and again the need for distinguishing among moves that were associated with quits, layoffs, and transfers is clearly shown. Finally, by using three data sets that encompass different age groups (the National Longitudinal Surveys [NLS] of Young and Mature Men and the Coleman-Rossi Retrospective Life History Study), the importance of the relationship between migration and job mobility is demonstrated at different points in the life cycle.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0198.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Family Migration Decisions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0199</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper joins a few very recent attempts to analyze migration in the awareness of the family context. In contrast to most of them, my focus is exclusively on the family context. The paper defines family ties relevant to migration decisions and explains their effects on the probability of migration, on consequent changes in employment and earnings of family members, as well as on family integrity itself. Hopefully, the paper provides material for a missing chapter on family economics as well as an addition to the economics of labor supply arid of human capital formation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0199.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Share-Tenancy and Family Size in the Brazilian Northeast</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0200</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Alneida</surname>
          <given-names>Anna L. Ozorio de</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper it is proposed that high rural fertility in Latin America is a deliberate and rational adjustment to the conditions of agricultural production that prevail in many areas of the continent. The main finding is that share tenancy, the predominant form of organization of production in the sparsely populated central regions of the Northeast, and a common institution in much of Latin America, contains a set of powerful fertility inducements which are lost when households face a wage-labor situation in agriculture or in cities. Thus, the rapid decline of rural fertility in the past decade in Latin America may be due, in part, to the general demise of share tenancy and its replacement by sub-family farms (minifundios) dependent on wage labor. These broad implications are discussed in the final section of the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0200.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Welfare Cost of Permanent Inflation and Optimal Short-Run Economic Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0201</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>At a minimum, this paper should serve as a warning against too easy an acceptance of the view that the costs of sustained inflation are small relative to the costs of unemployment. If a temporary reduction in unemployment causes a permanent increase in inflation, the present value of the resulting future welfare costs may well exceed the temporary short-run gain. Previous analyses have underestimated the cost of a permanent increase in the inflation rate because they have ignored the growth of the economy and therefore the growth of the future instantaneous welfare costs. In the important case in which the growth of aggregate income exceeds the social discount rate, no reduction in unemployment can justify any permanent increase in the rate of inflation. Quite the contrary, if the inflation rate is above its optimal level, the economy should then be deflated to reduce the inflation rate regardless of the temporary consequences for unemployment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0201.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Two Papers on the Recent Rise in U.S. Divorce Rate</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0202</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert T.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper seeks to explain the recent rise in U.S. divorce rates using an economic framework. Annual time series data from1920 to 1974 are used in the empirical analysis. The estimated equation tracks the actual series quite well. It attributes the recent increase in divorce to improved contraceptive technology, reduced average duration of marriage (resulting from the age distribution of the population) and income growth. Projections suggest a flattening of the divorce rate series in the near future.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0202.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation, Inflation, and Monetary Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0203</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sheshinski</surname>
          <given-names>Eytan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Given that application of the principle with full loss offset to all assets is impracticable, we may wish to consider provision of only a partial inflation-exclusion to assets for which it is feasible. The problem is examined in this paper by means of a simple model of anticipated inflation, in which individuals may invest either in assets for which full or partial inflation-exclusion is provided, or in cash, for which no loss offset is allowed. Among other issues, we shall examine the short and long run effects of taxation and of the provision of an inflation deduction on the rate of inflation and on the level of savings. We do not discuss the long-run optimum tax and deduction rates, because it turns out that for a given tax revenue, these instruments are perfect substitutes, i.e. their relative size does not affect the equilibrium configuration.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0203.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Social Security on Early Retirement</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0204</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hurd</surname>
          <given-names>Michael D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our purpose in the present study is to analyze a new and rich body of data on the elderly to study the supply side of the effect of social security on the early retirement decision. Toward this end, section 2 presents a brief description of some previous studies of retirement behavior. While each in its own way has been suggestive, each also (including one by one of the current authors) has its own set of problems. Section 3 details the analytical framework of the present study. We propose several types of data from which one could obtain complementary information on the labor supply behavior of the elderly, and three approaches to analyzing a given body of data. We then propose a new way of estimating retirement behavior. Section 4 discusses the data used in this study: the Social Security Administration's Retirement History Survey. Section 5 reports our empirical results, estimates of probability of early retirement and early semiretirement equations. Section 6 concludes with a brief discussion of some of the implications of the study and suggestions for future research.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0204.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Structural Models of Interest Rate Determination and Portfolio Behavior in the Corporate and Government Bond Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0205</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper summarizes some recent work in which we have modeled long-term interest rate determination in an explicit demand-supply context, using multi-equation structural models and directly contrasts such models with unrestricted reduced-form models. Wholly apart from questions of disaggregation and institutional detail, the explicitly structural nature of demand-supply models necessitates additional theoretical constructs beyond those required by unrestricted reduced-form models. Some of these conceptual inputs are already available from established portfolio theory, and others represent objects of current or prospective research. Experience to date with structural models of long-term interest rate determination suggests, however, that the exploitation of the richer theoretical framework yields not only insights about portfolio behavior but, very likely, improved interest rate models as well.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0205.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security and Household Wealth Accumulation: New Microeconomic Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0206</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The social security program will pay benefits of more than $100 billion in 1978. Public transfers on this scale are large enough to have profound effects on the behavior of the U.S. economy. The most important effect, although not the only one, is likely to be the impact of social security on private saving and aggregate capital accumulation. The present paper contributes to the analysis of this issue by providing new evidence on the extent to which the accumulation of wealth by individual households responds to differences in social security benefits.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0206.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Local Government Budgeting: The Econometric Comparison of Political and Bureaucratic Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0207</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frisch</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The current paper presents a method of deciding the question of whether any given stage in the budget process is an example of the "political" or the "bureaucratic" model. We then use it to study local government spending on education. The basis for our method is the important difference between the effect of intergovernmental aid that is implied by the political budget model and by the bureaucratic budget model. According to the bureaucratic model, the effect of inter-governmental aid on each category of educational input (e.g., teachers' salaries, books, etc.) depends only on the change in total educational spending induced by the aid and not on the type of aid that causes the change in spending. In contrast, the political budget model implies that the overall expenditure increase is the result of separate decisions on each of the expenditure categories and that the changes in these expenditure categories will depend on the form of the intergovernmental aid. Our method of exploiting this difference is presented in detail below.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0207.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Economic Theory of Self-Control</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0208</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shefrin</surname>
          <given-names>H. M.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Thaler</surname>
          <given-names>Richard H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Although many economists, most notably Strotz, have discussed dynamic inconsistency and precommitment, none have dealt directly with the essence of the problem: self-control. This paper attempts to fill that gap by modeling man as an organization. The Strotz model is recast to include the control features missing in his formulation. The organizational analogy permits us to draw on the theory of agency. We thus relate the individual's control problems with those that exist in agency relationships.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0208.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Bank Capital Adequacy, Deposit Insurance and Security Values, Part I</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0209</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sharpe</surname>
          <given-names>William</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides a formal setting for the analysis of the capital adequacy of an institution with deposits insured by a third party. An insured depositor has a claim against the institution and a contingent claim against the insurer. This paper analyzes the effect of the riskiness of the asset mix and the relative amount of deposits and capital on the potential liability of the insurer. It shows that an increase in asset risk, holding value constant, increases the value of equity and raises the potential liability of the insurer.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0209.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Economic Study of U.S. Aircraft Hijacking, 1960-1976</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0210</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study attempts to explain the general pattern of aircraft hijacking in the U.S. between 1361 and 1976, the reasons for the dramatic reduction in hijackings after 1972, and the costs and benefits of regulation instituted in 1973 that required mandatory preboarding searches of all passengers and carry-on luggage. The main findings of the paper can be summarized as follows: (1) Increases in the probability of apprehension, the conditional probability of incarceration and the sentence are associated with significant reductions in aircraft hijackings in the 1961 to 1976 time period. These findings are based on two methods of estimating the rate of hijackings , a quarterly time series and the time or flight intervals between successive hijackings, and alternative estimates of the deterrence variables. (2) Regression estimates from the sample period ending in 1972 were used to forecast the number of additional hijackings that would have taken place between 1973 and 1976 if (a) mandatory screening had not been instituted and (b) the probability of apprehension (once the hijacking is attempted) had remained constant and equal to its 1972 value. Under these assumptions, there would have been between 41 and 67 additional hijackings compared to the 11 that actually occurred in the 1973 to 1976 period. (3) Although the mandatory screening program is highly effective in terms of the number of hijackings prevented, its costs appear enormous. The estimated net increase in security costs due to the screening program (which does not include the time and inconvenience costs to persons searched) is $194.24 million over the 1973 to 1976 period. This, in turn, translates into a $3.24 to $9.25 million expenditure to deter a single hijacking. Put differently, if the dollar equivalent of the loss to an individual hijacked passenger were in the range of $76,718 to $219,221, then the costs of screening would just offset the expected hijacking losses.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0210.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Service Industries and U.S. Economic Growth Since World War II</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0211</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>During the past 15 years employment and current dollar gross product continued to shift to the Service sector at about the same rate as in the early post-World War II period, while the Service sector's share of gross product in constant dollars remained relatively constant. Productivity (as measured in the National Income Accounts) continued to grow less rapidly than in Industry or Agriculture. The rate of growth of output per worker for the total economy was almost one percent per annum less than in 1948-65, but the shift to the Service sector contributed less than .1 percent per annum to the decrease in productivity growth. Real CDP grew almost as rapidly as in 1948-65, while employment growth accelerated due to a sharp increase in the population of working age. The expansion of service employment contributed substantially to the growth of female employment throughout the post-World War II period, but the increase in female labor force participation was not a significant factor in either the acceleration of employment or the slowdown of productivity growth in 1961-76. The growth of the Service sector also contributed to the growth of government employment. Apart from changes in industry mix, the expansion of government employment has been quite modest. Population projections to the end of this century indicate the likelihood of a marked decrease in the rate of growth of employment (and output per capita) 1990-2000 because of slow growth of working age population and the end of the transition to high female labor force participation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0211.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security Wealth: The Impact of Alternative Inflation Adjustments</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0212</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The distribution of wealth is one of the most important and least studied features of our economic life. A lack of good data on household wealth is the primary reason for the inadequate attention to this subject. Moreover, the evidence that is available from household surveys and estate records excludes the most important asset of the vast majority of households: the value of future social security benefits. The purpose of the current paper is to present evidence on the distribution of social security wealth and to use these estimates to analyze the impact of alternative methods of adjusting future benefits for changes in the price level.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0212.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Relationship Between Children's Health and Intellectual Development</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0213</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The focus of this paper is on functional health status of children in the population. More specifically, we examine a single aspect of functional health status -- intellectual development of children. In a multivariate context, we examine the relationships between the health indexes and cognitive development of children from six to 11 years of age in Cycle II of the U.S. Health Examination Survey (HES). We present the first set of such estimates for a representative sample of non-institutionalized white children in the United States. We compare them with existing findings for underdeveloped countries, Great Britain, and low income families in the United States.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0213.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Aspects of Optimal Unemployment Insurance: Search, Leisure and Capital Market Imperfections</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0214</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flemming</surname>
          <given-names>J. S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The object of this paper is to examine the importance of capital market assumptions. A special continuous-time model is developed in sections II-IV which is applicable to the perfect capital market case. It can also be used when there is no capital market at all (section IV). For 'reasonable' parameter values the optimal replacement rate (ratio of benefits to gross wage) appears to be less than 20% when capital markets are perfect but over 70% when they are non existent (i.e. no saving or dis-saving).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0214.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Mitigating Demographic Risk Through Social Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0215</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A two-period lifetime overlapping generations growth model is used to evaluate the possibility that social insurance can effectively offset economic risks associated with uncertainty about the rate of population growth. Crude measures of the seriousness of this type of risk in the current United States situation are presented. Sufficient conditions on the structure of the economy for such intergenerational risk pooling to be mutually beneficial to all members of society are derived. Although it is logically possible to satisfy them1 we argue that they are unlikely to be realized empirically in an economy similar to that of the United States. Because of this failure, some more complex types of policy options are also discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0215.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Evaluation of the Role of Factor Markets and Intensities in the Social Security Crisis: A Progress Report</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0216</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shoven</surname>
          <given-names>John B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper begins to evaluate some of the complicated set of economic adjustments which are going to occur as the uneven population age structure of the U.S. matures. It argues that in the 2012-2035 "crunch" years for the social security system not only will workers be scarce relative to retirees, but they will also be scarce relative to capital. This fact will tend to raise the wage-rentals ratio and partially alleviate the problems of a retirement plan supported by taxes on labor income. On the other hand, during this period the large number of elderly persons will be attempting to dis-save by selling their assets to the relatively few younger, accumulating families. Such an imbalance will be equilibrated only by depressed asset prices. The conclusion, thus, is that the problems of the social security system may be partially alleviated by factor price adjustments, while private funded pension plans will have a problem of their own, namely lower than anticipated liquidation values.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0216.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0216.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Altruism in Law and Economics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0217</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A classic example of external benefits is the rescue of the person or property of strangers in high transaction cost settings. To illustrate, A sees a flowerpot about to fall on B's (a stranger's) head; if he shouts, B will be saved. A thus has in his power to confer a considerable benefit on B. The standard economic reaction to a situation in which there are substantial potential external benefits and high transaction costs is to propose legal intervention. In the example given, this would mean either giving A a right to a reward or punishing A if he fails to save B. Either method, we show, is costly and may result in misallocative effects. These objections to using the law to internalize the external benefits of rescue would be much less imposing were it not for altruism, a factor ignored in most discussion of externalities. Altruism may be an inexpensive substitute for costly legal methods of internalizing external benefits, though this depends on the degree of altruism, the costs of rescue, and the benefits to the rescuee. Although the general legal rule is not to reward the rescuer (nor to impose liability), the law recognizes the fragility of altruism and entitles the rescuer to a reward in certain instances. These include rewards to professional rescuers on land (normally a physician) and to rescuers at sea. In both instances the costs of rescue are likely to be sufficiently high to discourage rescue unless the rescuer anticipates compensation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0217.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Heterogeneous-Expectations Model of the Value of Bonds Bearing Call Options</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0218</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bodie</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a dynamic programming model of the optimal refunding strategy and the corresponding value of a callable bond. The model differs from previous work on this subject primarily in that it explicitly admits the possibility of differences between the issuer's expectations of future interest rates and an investor's corresponding expectations. This generalization facilitates the application of the model to determine what a specific bond (issued, for example, by a particular corporation) is worth to any given investor. Additional analytical features of the model, which differ from corresponding aspects of some previous models, include the use of a stochastic discounting rate and the use of continuous distributions to characterize the relevant interest rate expectations. For the bond issuer, his own expectations (together with the bond's coupon and call features) suffice to indicate the critical refunding yield as well as the expected value of the bond in each time period until the bond matures. For an investor, however, the analytical solution of the model and the illustrative numerical examples presented in the paper show that the issuer's expectations and the investor's own both matter if the two differ.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0218.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Choice of Diet for Young Children and Its Relation to Children's Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0219</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chernichovsky</surname>
          <given-names>Dov</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coate</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we analyze the choice of diet for young children in low income families in the United States and its relation to the children's growth. Our most important finding is that the education and income levels in low income households are generally sufficient for the provision of adequate diets for children in the household. This conclusion is based on empirical results which show that low income parents have pushed the growth of their children through choice of diet nearly as much as possible, and which also show that mother's education and family income are insignificant determinants of the nutrient intakes of children in low income households.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0219.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0219.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Occupational Licensing and the Inter-State Mobility of Professionals</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0220</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pashigian</surname>
          <given-names>B. Peter</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper attempts to measure the effect of occupational licensing, restrictions on reciprocity, location specific investment in reputation and earnings on the interstate mobility of professionals. While 34 professional occupations are analyzed, special attention is focused on the legal profession. The comparatively low interstate mobility rate of lawyers may be due to state licensing and restrictions on reciprocity or to the investments made by lawyers to develop local reputations or to the investments made by lawyers in state specific law. Tests are conducted to distinguish among these three hypotheses.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0220.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and Aggregate Factor Supply: Preliminary Estimates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0221</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lau</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper extends the analysis of aggregate factor supply to a model which accounts simultaneously for the consumption/saving and labor/leisure choices. A translog utility maximization model is used to derive the set of consumption and leisure demand equations; these in turn are estimated on U.S. aggregate time series data. The empirical results are striking: we estimate (quite precisely) substantial own and cross price elasticities for current and future consumption and labor supply. The implied interest elasticity of saving is approximately 0.4.The results suggest that previous studies of labor supply and/or consumption which have ignored cross-price effects are mis-specified. We also strongly reject the hypothesis that implicit social security had no effect on factor supply.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0221.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Cumulative Unanticipated Change in Interest Rates: Evidence on the Misintermediation Hypothesis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0222</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The term structure of interest rates is carefully analyzed over the period 1947-77 in order to construct a monthly series on cumulative unanticipated changes in long-term interest rates. This series is a sort of synthetic interest rate, changes in which over several months or years represent entirely unanticipated changes in interest rates. The behavior of this series is examined over recognized business fluctuations, and it is found to be actually more reliably pro-cyclic than the raw long-term interest rate, in spite of Kessel's finding that the market tends to correctly predict the direction of change of interest rates over phases. That the series is pro-cyclic supports the hypothesis we have put forward in another paper, that business fluctuations may be caused by "misintermediation", by which we mean the traditional mis-matching of asset and liability maturities on the part of financial intermediaries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0222.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Private and Social Costs of Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0223</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This short note emphasizes and illustrates two basic points: (1) The private costs of unemployment, i.e., the costs borne by the unemployed themselves, vary substantially and are often extremely low. This low private cost is an important cause of the permanently high unemployment rate in the United States. (2) The social costs of unemployment, i.e., the costs of unemployment to the nation as a whole regardless of how they are distributed, must be judged by considering the specific policy by which a worker would be reemployed. It is wrong to regard unemployment as either without cost (because the unemployed enjoy the opportunity for job search and leisure) or as having a cost equal to lost output. Examples are given to show that output may overstate or understate true social cost, depending on the options available for reemployment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0223.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Earnings Function: A Glimpse Inside the Black Box</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0224</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper studies the wage determination process for a group of managerial employees in a major U.S. airline. As would be expected, those with greater-than-average schooling, pre-company labor market experience, and company service receive greater-than-average earnings. The analysis also addresses the question of whether or not the managers within a grade level who are paid more receive higher performance ratings by their supervisors. The answer is "no" in the case of those with more pre-company labor market experience (i.e., those who are older) and with more company service. This suggests that the salaries received by managers within a grade reflect their age and tenure with the company more than their present performance.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0224.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Job Satisfaction as an Economic Variable</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0225</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to examine these concerns and evaluate the use of job satisfaction (and other subjective variables) in labor market analysis. The main theme is that, while there are good reasons to treat subjective variables gingerly, the answers to questions about how people feel toward their job are not meaningless but rather convey useful information about economic life that should not be ignored. The paper begins with a brief description of the satisfaction questions on major worker surveys, and then considers the use of satisfaction as an independent and as a dependent variable. Satisfaction is shown to be a major determinant of labor market mobility, in part it is argued because it reflects aspects of the work place not captured by standard objective variable8. Satisfaction is also found to depend anomolously on some economic variables (such as unionism) in ways that provide insight into how those factors affect people.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0225.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Fluctuation in Equilibrium Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0226</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Fluctuations in the equilibrium rate of unemployment can only be understood within a theory of the natural or equilibrium rate. It is not enough to say that unemployment is the difference between supply and demand in the labor market, though of course it always will be. In equilibrium, no participants in the market can have an unexploited opportunity to make themselves better off. At the equilibrium unemployment rate, employers cannot obtain labor at lower cost by offering work at below the market wage to the unemployed. Unemployed workers cannot raise their effective real incomes by taking lower wages in exchange for immediate employment. The task of the theory is to explain why any unemployment remains at all when these conditions are satisfied. Part of this problem has been studied in detail in the "search theory" of unemployment -- once a worker becomes unemployed, it is reasonably well understood why the worker does not become employed again immediately. The theory of why people become unemployed in the first place is less well developed and is the main concern of this paper. Most of the unemployed are looking for new work because their previous jobs ran out. Consequently, the main ingredient of a theory of the flow of workers into unemployment is a theory of the duration of employment. Such a theory is developed here, along reasonably standard lines.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0226.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Salvors, Finders, Good Samaritans and Other Rescuers: An Economic Study of Law and Altruism</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0227</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses economic analysis to illuminate a variety of legal rules relating to rescue, a term we use broadly to describe any attempt to save a person or property from some peril. We first develop a model of a competitive market in rescues, as a benchmark for judging whether the legal rules of rescue can be viewed as attempts to simulate the operation of a competitive market in rescues. The model explicitly incorporates the possibility of rescues motivated by altruism. We then apply the model to a variety of legal settings in which rescue questions arise. We show that the well-developed body of rules governing rescue at sea (including the principles governing salvage awards and the rule of general average) are consistent with the economic model of professional (nonaltruistic) rescue and appropriate in the maritime setting. The rules of the common law governing rescues on land the physician who treats a passerby in distress) are also examined, and found to be in the main consistent with our economic model when altruism is taken into account, as are the differences between the maritime and common law rules. We then examine the choice between compensation and liability as methods of inducing rescue, and show that the common law's decision not to impose liability for failure to rescue (the "Good Samaritan" rule) may be consistent with efficiency because of the "tax" effects of such liability. We concluded that the array of legal rules and doctrines examined provide support for the hypothesis that the common law (including traditional maritime law) has been heavily influenced by a concern with achieving efficient allocation of resources.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0227.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimating the Family Labor Supply Functions Derived from the Stone-Geary Utility Function</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0228</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hurd</surname>
          <given-names>Michael D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Stone-Geary utility function defined over an index of goods, the leisure of the husband, and the leisure of the wife is used to derive the earnings functions of the husband and the wife. The parameters of the utility function are estimated from the parameters of the earnings functions in a way that accounts for a number of theoretical and statistical problems. The effect of family composition on utility is estimated by specifying and estimating adult equivalents in consumption and leisure of various categories of children. On the statistical side the following difficulties are all considered: nonlinear constraints across equations, endogenous marginal income tax rates, variations in tastes in the population, heteroscedasticity, and truncation of the left-hand variable. The data come from the 1967 Survey of Economic Opportunity. The results are generally good and support the view that the effects of family composition on utility can be estimated from behavioral relationships. Alternative results that ignore the complicated statistical problems are presented; they imply that the statistical problems are empirically important and should not be ignored.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0228.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Accuracy and Properties of Recent Macroeconomic Forecasts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0229</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The aim of this study is to contribute to the measurement and analysis of errors in economists' predictions of changes in aggregate income, output, and the price level. Small sample studies of forecasts can be instructive, but their limitations must be recognized. Compilation of consistent forecast records extending over longer periods of tine is necessary to establish a reasonably reliable base for assessments of forecasting behavior and. performance. Thus the historical record of post-World War II forecasts assembled in the 1960's by the NBER is here extended and updated.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0229.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Family Size and the Distribution of Per Capita Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0230</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert T.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Children</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is another contribution to the vast literature which addresses this issue: comparison of household income per capita among households of different structures requires judgment about the relationship between real income and family size. Our work uses a revealed preference approach in which household size/structure variables are included in empirical demand studies and the estimated coefficients on these variables are used to infer equivalence; it differs from many of the other studies not in basic concept but in its empirical strategy. While most studies build family composition effects into a relatively formal structural model of demand and impose considerable restriction in order to obtain an estimable system, we use a reduced-form approach which requires much less of the data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0230.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Who Puts the Inflation Premium Into Nominal Interests Rates?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0231</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>For expectations of price inflation to affect interest rates, they must affect the behavior of borrowers and lenders or both. This paper analyzes the emergence of the inflation premium in long-term interest rates as the explicit result of borrowers' and lenders' behavior in the bond market in response to price expectations. The object of this analysis is not only to estimate the magnitude of the inflation premium due to this portfolio behavior but also to evaluate the respective contributions to it of borrowers' and lenders' responses. The empirical results presented in this paper indicate that both borrowers' and lenders' portfolio behavior play an important role in the relationship between interest rates and inflation expectations. Estimation results for U.S. data provide evidence that, all other things equal, nonfinancial business corporations increase their supply (net issuance)of bonds in response to an increase in expected inflation; these results mirror the bond investors' responses found by the author in a previous paper. Partial equilibrium experiments based on the combined model of bond supply and bond demand indicate that, all other things equal, the port-folio responses to expected price inflation by borrowers and lenders together increase the bond yield by 2/3%, and modestly decrease the net quantity of bonds issued and purchased, in response to a 1% increase in expected inflation. This result follows as the consequence of a slightly greater response by lenders than by borrowers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0231.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Tax Rules, and the Long Term Interest Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0232</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Although the return to capital is a focus of research in both macroeconomics and public finance, each specialty has approached this subject with an almost total disregard for the other's contribution. Macroeconomic studies of the effect of inflation on the rate of interest have implicitly ignored the existence of taxes and the problems of tax depreciation. Similarly, empirical studies of the incidence of corporate tax changes have not recognized that the effect of the tax depends on the rate of inflation and have ignored the information on the rate of return that investors receive in financial  markets. Our primary purpose in this paper is to begin to build a bridge between these two approaches to a common empirical problem.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0232.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0232.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Job Mobility and Earnings Over the Life Cycle</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0233</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Borjas</surname>
          <given-names>George J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper analyzes the effects of job mobility on earnings both at young and at older ages. The model takes into account the discontinuity of earnings across jobs, the decline of human capital investment within the job and over the life cycle, and the effects of mobility on the slope of the earnings profile. Careful attention to the functional form of the earnings equation indicates why the coefficient of the current segment is usually larger than the coefficient of the previous segments. Findings from the NLS data include: (1.) Mobile individuals at all ages invest significantly less in on-the-job training. (2.) Although job mobility is associated with significant wage gains (across jobs), there is a substantial wage differential between the mobile and the non-mobile at older ages. (3.) The explanatory power of the earnings equation is significantly increased by accounting for the effects of job mobility; job mobility is an important determinant of the wage structure.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0233.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Excess Taxation of Capital Gains on Corporate Stock</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0234</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slemrod</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The present study shows that in 1973 individuals paid nearly $500 million of extra tax on corporate stock capital gains because of the distorting effect of inflation. A detailed analysis shows that the distortion was greatest for middle income sellers of corporate stock. In 1973, individuals paid capital gains tax on more than $4.5 billion of nominal capital gains on corporate stock. If the costs of these shares are adjusted for the increases in the consumer price level since they were purchased, the $4.5 billion nominal gain becomes a real capital loss of nearly $1 billion. As a result of this incorrect measurement of capital gains, individuals with similar real capital gains were subject to very different total tax liabilities. These findings are based on a new body of official tax return data on individual sales of corporate stock.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0234.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Inflation, Portfolio Choice, and Nominal Interest Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0235</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Among the different kinds of economic behavior which may account for the familiar Fisherian relationship between nominal interest rates and expected price inflation, portfolio behavior is the most plausibly flexible in the short run. Since substitution into real assets is not a practical portfolio alternative for many investors, however, it is not obvious a priori how important lenders' portfolio behavior can be in bringing about the adjustment of interest rates which Fisher's theory associates with expected inflation. Given the importance of this adjustment for questions of both monetary theory and monetary policy, the underlying economic behavior merits explicit investigation. The empirical results presented in this paper provide evidence that lenders' portfolio behavior does play an important role in the expected-price-inflation/nominal-interest rate relationship. First, results indicate that five of the six major categories of investors in the U.S. long-term bond market reduce their demands for bonds in response to an increase in expected inflation. Secondly, the results of multi-equation partial-equilibrium experiments indicate that ,with all other things unchanged, this response by investors will raise the equilibrium nominal bond yield by about 2/3% in response to a 1% increase in expected inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0235.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Supply of Surgeons and the Demand for Operations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0236</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a multi-equation multivariate analysis of differences in the supply of surgeons and the demand for operations across geographical areas of the United States in 1963 and 1970. The results provide considerable support for the hypothesis that surgeons shift the demand for operations. Other things equal, a 10 percent increase in the surgeon/population ratio results in about a 3 percent increase in per capita utilization. Moreover, differences in supply seem to have a perverse effect on fees, raising them when the surgeon/population ratio increases. Surgeon supply is in part determined by factors unrelated to demand, especially by the attractiveness of the area as a place to live.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0236.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interest Rate Risk and Capital Adequacy For Traditional Banks and Financial Intermediaries</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0237</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Traditionally, banks and financial intermediaries borrow short and lend long. This causes a risk of negative net worth (and failure, under simplifying assumptions), because the present discounted value of the assets is more volatile than that of the liabilities. This paper utilizes a new option pricing model for speculative assets whose log price relative is a symmetric stable Paretian random variable. This model is used to empirically evaluate the probability of failure and fair value of deposit insurance as a function of capital-asset ratio for a bank with demand liabilities and longer term, default-risk-free, perfectly marketable assets. The maturities used for the assets range from three months to 30 years (in order to incorporate thrift institutions). Implications for reserve requirement policy and for liability management are discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0237.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Behavior in the Manufacturing Sector for Sixteen Industries Classified by Stage-of-Process</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0238</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Popkin</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>One major finding of this paper is that prices in most basic materials producing industries are responsive to demand while prices in most finished goods producing industries are not. If the reverse were true, stabilization policies would. have more effect in the short run on prices and less effect on output than is currently the case. A second finding relates to the 1971-4 period of wage and price controls and the period immediately following their termination. During controls, prices in most manufacturing sectors did rise somewhat slower than their historical relationship to costs would suggest. But after controls ended prices rose relative to costs by considerably more than the amount of their shortfall during controls. This suggests that some fundamental change in price-cost relationships may have taken place in 1974.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0238.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Shifting Wealth Ownership on the Term Structure of Interest Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0239</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Substantial shifts in wealth ownership from individuals to pension funds are currently taking place in the United States and also are in prospect for the foreseeable future. Moreover, pension funds typically exhibit portfolio preferences that are markedly different from those of individuals. In a world of heterogeneous investors, redistributions among wealth holders with different portfolio preferences will in general alter the structure of asset yields. Partial-equilibrium simulation experiments based on a model of the U. S. long-term bond market indicate that redistributions of saving flows from individuals to pension funds, in plausible magnitudes, can have major effects on the term structure of interest rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0239.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Determinants of Pediatric Care Utilization</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0240</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Colle</surname>
          <given-names>Ann D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to understand the determinants of utilization of pediatric care -- care rendered to children by all physicians. Multivariate techniques are employed to examine four measures of pediatric care utilization in a national sample of children between the ages of 1 and 5. These measures are the probability of contacting a physician within the past year, the probability of obtaining a preventive physical examination within the past year, the number of office visits to physicians in private practice by children with positive visits, and the average quality of these visits.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0240.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Personal Taxation, Portfolio Choice and The Effect of the Corporation Income Tax</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0241</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slemrod</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Extending the traditional treatment of the corporate tax to an economy with a progressive personal tax fundamentally changes the analysis. While the corporate tax system (CTS) does increase the total tax rate on corporate source income for some investors, the exclusion of retained earnings implies that the CTS lowers the tax rate for high-income investors. Analyzing such an economy requires replacing the traditional "equal-yield" equilibrium condition with a more general portfolio balance model. In this model, introducing a CTS can actually increase the corporate share of the capital stock even though the relative tax rate on corporate income rises.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0241.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Exit-Voice Tradeoff in the Labor Market: Unionism, Job Tenure, Quits</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0242</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the effect of trade unionism on the exit behavior of workers in the context of Hirschman's exit-voice dichotomy. Unionism is expected to reduce quits and permanent separations and raise job tenure by providing a "voice" alternative to exit when workers are dissatisfied with conditions. Empirical evidence supports this contention, showing significantly lower exit for unionists in several large data tapes. It is argued that the grievance system plays a major role in the reduction in exit and that the reduction lowers cost and raises productivity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0242.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and Corporate Financial Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0243</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ballentine</surname>
          <given-names>J. Gregory</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McLure</surname>
          <given-names>Charles E</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A model of corporate financial policy (debt-equity ratios and dividend payout rates) is included in the Harberger general equilibrium model of incidence of the corporate income tax. Illustrative calculations of the distortions of financial policy and increases in risk premiums induced by the corporate tax are provided. Because risk premiums on corporate securities would be reduced, eliminating the corporate tax or integrating it into the personal tax would increase the income of non-corporate investors relatively more than that of investors in corporate securities, and is therefore less regressive than is commonly thought.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0243.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Forecasting with the Index of Leading Indicators</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0244</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Vaccara</surname>
          <given-names>Beatrice N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The composite index of leading indicators is found to be a valuable tool for predicting not only the direction but also the size of near- term changes in aggregate economic activity. This conclusion is based on assessments of the leading index as a predictor of (1) business cycle turning points as dated by the National Bureau of Economic Research and (2) quantitative changes in real GNP and the composite index of coincident indicators. Specific smoothing rules are identified which reduce the frequency of false signals but still provide adequate early warning of cyclical turning points. Simple regression models based on first differences in the logarithms produce a comparatively good record of forecasts one and two quarters ahead. The best results are obtained by using predictive chains whereby, e.g., quarterly changes in the lagging index (inverted) for Q[sub t] are used to forecast changes in the leading index in quarter Q which in turn are used to forecast changes in real GNP (or the coincident index) in Q[sub t+2].</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0244.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Propagation of Prices in the Oil Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0245</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kisselgoff</surname>
          <given-names>Avram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The main thrust of this report is the development of a price record that would provide a basis for the identification of the areas of activity in the oil industry in which significant price changes have occurred, with expectation that this type of information could serve as a useful ingredient in the policy-making process. The study presents estimates of the selling price of a barrel of oil at three stages of operations of the industry -- the wellhead, the refinery and the end-use levels. Prices of individual classes of petroleum products at refineries and at the end-use level were also estimated. The price data are provided for benchmark years 1958, 1963,1967 and 1972, as well as for 1973, 1974, 1975 and 1976 when crude oil prices rose considerably. The estimating procedure is briefly described in the study. The examination of the transmission of prices from market to market within the oil industry shows that the steep rise in 1973-74 prices paid by end-users of petroleum products was due not only to the large increases in crude oil prices but also to the sizable in-creases in gross operating margins-labor costs, transportation, profits, etc. -- at the refinery and distribution levels. In the post-embargo years of 1975 and 1976, prices continued to advance but at a slower pace. The refiners' gross margins in 1975, however, declined somewhat; they rose significantly above the 1974 level in1976. The marketers' margins made further gains in 1975, but exhibited a decrease in 1976. Another finding is that during 1973-74 there was a considerable narrowing in the price differentials among the various re-fined products; in particular the price of residual fuel oil, which averaged 20 percent of the price of gasoline in the decade of the 1960's,rose to 52 percent of the price of gasoline by 1974. The narrowing process continued in 1975-1976.The study includes a short discussion of the effects of rising oil prices in 1973-1976 on the profitability of the petroleum industry and the general price level.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0245.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Causation Among Socioeconomic Time-Series</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0246</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert T.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Using annual U. S. time series data from 1950-1974, formal tests of causation are performed among three socioeconomic phenomena: women's labor force participation rates, fertility rates, and divorce rates. Box-Jenkins and other techniques are employed with Granger-Sims type definition of causation based on leads and lags. Women's labor force participation appears to be causally prior to both fertility and divorce; the direction of effect on fertility is negative and on divorce, positive. Additional tests with alternative definitions of variables and a longer (1924-1974) time span also exhibit causal influence from fertility to divorce (with no feedback). When per capita income is also tested for causal influence, it, too, appears causally prior to fertility and divorce.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0246.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Perspective on Bank Capital Adequacy: Time-Series Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0247</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goodman</surname>
          <given-names>Laurie</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sharpe</surname>
          <given-names>William</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The first part of this paper provides a historical perspective on bank risks. Five-year moving average measures of total risk, market risk, and nonmarket risk are computed for an index of New York banks from 1929-1975 and for an index of outside New York banks from 1950-1976.We use a carefully constructed series of bank balance sheet data to compute correlations among various components of New York banks' port-folios and observe trends over time. The time series relationship between book values and market values is investigated, and classical measures of capital adequacy are calculated using surrogates for market values rather than book values. Finally, data are presented on the movement of interest rates and the term structure over time. Serial correlations and cross-correlations are computed. The second part of the paper uses the technique proposed in Sharpe ("Bank Capital Adequacy, Deposit Insurance and Security Values," June 1978) to gain information about capital adequacy. He has shown that for a bank with deposit liabilities that do not extend beyond the review period a "value preserving spread" in asset risk is likely to increase the value of capital. Moreover, the less adequate the capital, the larger this effect should be. We outline the method used to develop an econometric model to test for this effect. The model is then applied to time series data from 1938 to 1975.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0247.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unionism and the Dispersion of Wages</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0248</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines the effect of trade unionism on the dispersion of wages among male wage and salary workers in the private sector in the United States. It finds that the application of union wage policies designed to standardize rates within and across establishments significantly reduces wage dispersion among workers covered by union contracts and that unions further reduce wage dispersion by narrowing the white-collar/blue-collar differential within establishments. These effects dominate the more widely studied impact of unionism on the dispersion of average wages across industries, so that on net unionism appears to reduce rather than increase wage dispersion or inequality in the United States.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0248.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Education and Self-Selection</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0249</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Sherwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A structural model of the demand for college attendance is derived from the theory of comparative advantage and recent statistical models of self-selection and unobserved components. Estimates from NBER-Thorndike data strongly support the theory. First, expected lifetime earnings gains influence the decision to attend college. Second, those who did not attend college would have earned less than measurably similar people who did attend, while those who attended college would have earned less as high school graduates than measurably similar people who stopped after high school. Positive selection in both groups implies no "ability bias in these data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0249.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effects of Taxation on the Selling of Corporate Stock and the Realization of Capital Gains</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0250</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slemrod</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Yitzhaki</surname>
          <given-names>Shlomo</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study provides the first econometric analysis of the effect of taxation on the realization of capital gains. The analysis thus extends and complements the earlier study by Feldstein and Yitzhaki [1978] of the effect of taxation on the selling of corporate stock. The present analysis, using a large, new body of data obtained from individual tax returns, supports the earlier finding that corporate stock sales are quite sensitive to tax rates and then shows that the effect on the realization of capital gains is even stronger.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0250.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Theory of the Natural Unemployment Rate and the Duration of Employment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0251</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, a theory of the natural or equilibrium rate of unemployment is built around a theory of the duration of employment. Evidence is presented that most unemployed workers became unemployed because their previous jobs came to an end; only a minority are on temporary layoff or have just entered the labor force. Thus, high-unemployment labor markets are generally ones where jobs are brief and there is a large flow of newly jobless workers. The model of the duration of employment posits that employment arrangements are the efficient outcome of the balancing of workers' and employers' interests about the length of jobs. Full equilibrium in the labor market also requires that the rate at which unemployed workers find new jobs be efficient. The factors influencing the resulting natural unemployment rate are discussed. Under plausible assumptions, the natural rate is independent of the supply or demand for labor. Only the costs of recruiting, the costs of turnover to employers, the efficiency of matching jobs and workers, and the cost of unemployment to workers are likely to influence the natural rate of unemployment strongly. Since these are probably stable over time, the paper concludes that fluctuations in the natural unemployment rate are unlikely to contribute much to fluctuations in the observed unemployment rate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0251.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Nature and Measurement of Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0252</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Problems of defining and measuring unemployemnt in the contemporary American economy are examined here using data from the official employment survey. The paper finds that only a minority of the unemployed conform to the conventional picture of a worker who has lost one job and is looking f or another job. Other important categories are those who have jobs but are not at work because the jobs have not yet started or because of layoff, workers who are in normal spells between temporary jobs, people who are looking into the possibility of work as an alternative to household duties, school, or retirement, and people who have come back into the labor force. None of these categories is dominant. One of the most significant findings is the large number of the unemployed (close to a million in 1977) who are looking for temporary work. Another important finding is that only a minority of the unemployed are looking for work as their major activity during the week of the survey. The majority of those classified officially as unemployed are identified by the household as keeping house, going to school, or retired.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0252.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Choice of Asset Life</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0253</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Given the current corporate tax structure in the U.S., inflation may have an important impact on the production decisions of firms, notably the choice of capital durability. This paper presents a model of competitive behavior in which firms may choose the durability of their capital goods. We find that in the presence of inflation, the taxation of corporate profits may influence both the choice of asset life and the market value of equity. In particular, the failure to index depreciation allowances depresses share values and biases the choice of asset life toward greater durability. Integrating this analysis with the traditional one-sector monetary growth model, we study the general equilibrium impact of inflation on such long run characteristics of the economy as output per capita and the real rate of return received by investors.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0253.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wealth Maximization and the Cost of Capital</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0254</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we explore the issue of wealth maximization and the implied behavior of the firm, paying particular attention to the results discussed above and how they are affected by the existence of capital income taxes. Our results indicate that a tax structure similar to that in existence in the United States influences the cost of capital in a very different way than has been assumed previously and that the relative advantages of debt over equity as a method of finance, and capital gains over dividends as a vehicle for personal realization of corporate profits, may have been greatly overstated. These findings may help to explain certain aspects of corporate financial behavior that have seemed puzzling.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0254.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Share Valuation and Corporate Equity Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0255</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In recent years many contributions have appeared which examine the effects of corporate and personal taxation on firm financial policy. However, there has yet to appear an adequate explanation of why corporations continue to distribute dividends despite their disadvantageous tax treatment. We study this problem anew, in the context of an overlapping generations growth model with corporations financed by equity. Among our findings are: (1) capital owned by corporations may well be undervalued, even in the long run; (2) as a result of such undervaluation, firms may find it in the best interest of their stockholders to distribute dividends; and (3) an increase in the tax on distributions, while depressing the return to personal saving, may lead to an increase in the capital intensity of the economy. We also consider the criterion firms will use in evaluating new investment projects.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0255.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Children's Health and the Family</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0256</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The objective of this paper is to define the relationship between a number of family characteristics and the health of white children aged 6 to 11 years residing in those families. The partial effects of family income on health are1l and seldom statistically significant. Indeed, some health problems -- high blood pressure, allergies, and tension -- are more likely to occur among children from high income families. The general finding of small partial income effects is supported by analysis of gross health differences between children from lower and higher income families. In those cases where significant gross health difference. do exist between children from these two income classes, decomposition of these gross differences shows them to be attributable in large part to factors other than income itself. The finding that differences in health related solely to income are smaller than commonly believed implies that policies to improve the well-being of children via income transfers, such as those advocated by the recent Carnegie Council on Children, would have, at best, very small effects on health. Indeed, the most important conclusion of our study is that the present tendency to base government child health programs on simplistic notions that income is the primary source of differences in children's health will not lead towards fruitful or successful public policy regarding children's health.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0256.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Lock-In Effect of the Capital Gains Tax: Some Time Series Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0257</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slemrod</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study presents time-series evidence indicating that capital gains taxation reduces the realization of capital gains. The "lock-in" effect is detectable once we divide individuals into categories on the basis of how much recent capital gains tax in- creases have affected them. Since the tax law changes, those individeals who are affected have realized significantly ldss capital gains relative to those not affected. This analysis, in `ddition to evidence fpom cross-sectional research reported in Feldstein and Yitzhaki (1978) and Feldstein, Slemrod and Qitzhaki (1978),indicates that estimates of the tax revenue change resulting from a reduction in capital gains taxation based on the assumption of unchanged realized gains may be misleading.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0257.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Imported Inflation 1973-74 and the Accommodation Issue</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0258</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cagan</surname>
          <given-names>Phillip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of the present study is to measure the amount of price increase that the proposals for accommodation required in 1973â€”74. Presumably such an estimate of the amount could be made in time to act on it. Whether accommodation is a desirable policy is not addressed here. Consistently followed, it would result in a higher long-run rate of inflation, because there are not likely to be nearly enough episodes of deflationary accommodation to offset the inflationary ones. Notwithstanding the appeal in the short run to accept inflationary fait accompli in order to avoid prolonged economic slack, one may have strong reservations about the long-run consequences on expectations of following such a policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0258.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inventory Fluctuations, Temporary Layoffs and the Business Cycle</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0259</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Firms respond to fluctuations in demand by changing their inventories and their levels of production. The relative magnitudes of the inventory and production responses have important implications for the overall cyclical behavior of the economy. Government policies that affect the costs of holding inventories and the costs of the temporary layoffs that accompany reductions in the level of output can therefore have significant effects on the magnitude of aggregate fluctuations. The current paper presents new econometric evidence on the nature of inventory adjustments and then examines how changes in inventory behavior affect the overall business cycle. The analysis in this paper was motivated by our discovery that the parameter estimates of the traditional productional adjustment model are not consistent with the observed magnitudes of inventory change and the production. We have shown here that this production adjustment model is a special case of a more general two-speed adjustment process in which both production and inventory targets adjust slowly. Our estimates of the two-speed model clearly reject the production adjustment model in favor of the target adjustment model in which the inventory target adjusts slowly to changes in sales but production adjusts rapidly to changes in the desired inventory. Our analysis of the spectral properties of a simple macroeconomic model show that the production adjustment model and the target adjustment model can imply quite different cyclical behavior of the economy as a whole. Depending on the autocorrelation of the disturbance, government policies that reduce the speed with which production responds to changes in desired inventories and that place greater reliance on inventory adjustment may stabilize national income. Further analysis of these questions with more realistic models would clearly be desirable.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0259.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Social Security on Retirement</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0260</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines the impact of social security on the retirement of married men aged 60-70 years. The empirical results are based on a rich file of data from the Social Security Administration (1973 CPS-IRS-SSA Exact Match File). The data permit precise calculation of social security wealth (the actuarial present value of benefits that a person would receive by retiring) denoted SSW. This variable measures social security's effect on retirement. The estimated effects are significant and considerable. When SSW in-creases from $35,000 to $55,000 the probability of retirement rises by .15 for 62-64 year olds relative to a .41 retirement rate. For 65-70 year olds this increase is .22 relative to .78. For 60-61 year olds who are entitled to SSW but not old enough to receive benefits the estimated effect was small and insignificant. This supports the conclusion that the observed effect on men eligible for benefits is a causal relationship. The traditional method of comparing market and reservation wages for analyzing the decision to work provides the basic econometric model. SSW is added to construct a retirement model. A two-step probit analysis is developed to identify structural parameters in the retirement model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0260.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Survey Evidence on The Rationality of Interest Rate Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0261</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An analysis of predictions of six interest rates over 3-months-ahead and 6-months-aheadhorizons, surveyed regularly over eight years, casts doubt on the hypothesis that market participants' expectations are 'rational' in Muth's sense. Tests show that the survey respondents did not make unbiased predictions, that (especially for the 6-months-ahead predictions) they did not efficiently exploit the information contained in past interest rate movements, that their respective 3-months-ahead and 6-months-ahead predictions failed to be consistent in the sense required for 'rationality', and that (for long-term but not short-term interest rates) their predictions failed to exploit efficiently the information contained in common macroeconomic and macro-policy variables other than the money stock.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0261.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Changes in Household Living Arrangements 1950-76</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0262</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Scott</surname>
          <given-names>Sharon R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Children</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The growth in single-person households is a pervasive behavioral phenomenon in the United States in the post-war period. In this paper we investigate determinants of the propensity to live alone, using 1970 data across states for single men and women ages 25 to 34 and for elderly widows. Income level appears to be a major determinant of the propensity to live alone. The estimated cross-state equations track about three-quarters of the increase in the propensity to live alone between 1950â€”1976 and suggest that income growth has been the principal identified influence. Other variables found to affect (positively) the propensity to live alone include mobility, schooling level, and for young people a measure of social climate; non-whites appear to have a somewhat lower propensity to live alone.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0262.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Adjudication as a Private Good</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0263</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the question whether adjudication can be viewed as a private good, i.e., one whose optimal level will be generated in a free market. Part I focuses on private courts, noting their limitations as institutions for dispute resolution and rule creation but also stressing the important role that the private court, in its various manifestations, has played both historically and today. Part II discusses a recent literature which has argued that the rules generated in the public court system, in areas of the law where the parties to litigation are private individuals or firms and the rules of law are judge-made, are the efficient products of purely private inputs. Our analysis suggests that this literature has overstated the tendency of a common law system to produce efficient rules, although areas can be identified where such a tendency can indeed be predicted on economic grounds. Viewed as a contribution to the emergent literature on the positive economic theory of law, our finding that the public courts do not automatically generate efficient rules is disappointing, since it leaves unexplained the mechanisms by which such rules emerge as they seem to have done in a number of the areas of Anglo-American judge-made law. However, our other major finding, that the practices and law governing private adjudication appear to be strongly influenced by economic considerations and explicable in economic terms, is evidence that economic theory has a major role to play in explaining fundamental features of the legal system.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0263.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Pricing of Short-Lived Options When Price Uncertainty Is Log-Symmetric Stable</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0264</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The well-known option pricing formula of Black and Scholes depends upon the assumption that price fluctuations are log-normal. However, this formula greatly underestimates the value of options with a low probability of being exercised if, as appears to be more nearly the case in most markets, price fluctuations are in fact symmetrics table or log-symmetric stable. This paper derives a general formula for the value of a put or call option in a general equilibrium, expected utility maximization context. This general formula is found to yield the Black-Scholes formula for a wide variety of underlying processes generating log-normal price uncertainty. It is then used to derive the value of a short-lived option for certain processes that generate log-symmetric stable price uncertainty. Our analysis is restricted to short-lived options for reasons of mathematical tractability. Nevertheless, the formula is useful for evaluating many types of risk.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0264.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Fundamental Determinants of Risk In Banking</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0265</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Barry</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Perry</surname>
          <given-names>Philip R.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study is concerned with establishing the determinants of banks' exposure to risk and with predicting risk in banking. Using the COMPUSTAT data base, prediction rules have been developed for two aspects of risk: systematic risk (risk that is related to covariance with the market portfolio) and residual risk (the aggregate of specific</p>
<p> risk and extra-market covariance). For each type of risk, several models have bean estimated: one model employs only measures of the asset and liability characteristics of the bank; a second employs these characteristics and other data taken from annual reports; a third model adds the history of the behavior of the price at the bank's common stock. The central conclusion of the study is that systematic and residual risk in banks can be predicted from predetermined data. Prediction rules estimated in this way can serve a useful function in monitoring bank risk. Further, the predictive significance of each variable serves as a measure of the appropriateness of that variable as an indicator of risk, and hence as a target for regulation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0265.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interest Rate Risk and the Regulation of Financial Institutions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0266</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Morrison</surname>
          <given-names>Jay B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pyle</surname>
          <given-names>David H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Corporate Finance</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A bank or other financial institution is potentially subject to at least four types of risk: (1) Credit risk -- defaults or delays in repayments. (2) Fraud -- embezzlement or insider abuse. (3) Liquidity risk -- or high cost of obtaining needed cash. (4) Interest rate risk -- differential changes in the value of assets and liabilities as interest rates shift. This paper reports a study of the interest-rate elasticity of the net worth of a commercial bank. Most of the study is devoted to the development of the necessary methodology to measure the interest-rate elasticity (IRE) of a bank's asset/liability mix. The report is organized into four major sections. The first summarizes the history of interest-rate elasticity models and points out the problems in applying them to bank assets and liabilities. An analytical framework is then developed to calculate the IRE of a portfolio of assets and liabilities. The next three sections apply the framework to a simulated bank. For simplicity, the bank is assumed to have only two classes of assets (commercial loans and cash) and three classes of liabilities(demand deposits, large denomination CD's, and capital). The second section develops models of the cash flows associated with each of the assets and liabilities. The third section quantifies the parameters necessary to calculate the net worth and IRE measures, and the fourth section details the design of a simulation and some simulation results for the 1973-75 period. The report concludes with a discussion of the regulatory implications of the study.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0266.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interest Rate Changes and Commercial Bank Revenues and Costs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0267</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Maisel</surname>
          <given-names>Sherman</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hacobson</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper estimates statistical cost. and revenue curves for a cross-section of banks in the years 1962-75. The primary data cover reported accounting or book rates of return. Approximations are also made to estimate economic or total returns. These approximations take into account changes in capital values during the year as a result of movements in interest rates measured by market yields of government securities of the proper duration. Book rates of return and costs adjust towards each other so that marginal rates received or paid for different activities tend to equalize. On the other hand, the rates of adjustment are slow. While movements in the cost of demand and time deposits correlate well with changes in market rates, not all of the advantages of interest rate ceilings are given up to depositors. Movements in interest rates cause sharp fluctuations in total returns. These movements are sharp enough so that in several years economic losses occurred rather than reported book profits. Furthermore, over this period the net economic returns of classes of assets were poorly correlated with their risks (their variance of returns).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0267.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Calculating the Present Value of An Asset's Future Cash Flows</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0268</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadauld</surname>
          <given-names>Stephen D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper describes both the theory and a computer program designed to calculate the present value of an asset's uncertain future cash flows. In this model expected flows may vary in each of "t" future periods. Flows are adjusted to a certainty equivalent by a correction factor derived from a covariance matrix of the flows and market returns. The flows are discounted by a full specification of the term structure of the risk-free interest rate. The specific model illustrated in the paper is that of expected cash flows from a mortgage portfolio. The computer program calculates the expected cash flow, the uncertainty correction, and the term structure of interest rates. Algorithms to solve for each of these factors are included. Alternatively, options are included to input the factors from exogenous forecasts or projections. In addition to calculating the present values under each specification for the factors, the program compares the present values derived from each particular specification.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0268.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Neutrality and the Investment Tax Credit</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0269</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bradford</surname>
          <given-names>David F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper concerns the question of how the rules for calculating the investment tax credit and the associated rules for calculating depreciation allowances for tax purposes should be structured to assure the "appropriate" relationship between the subsidy granted to long-lived assets and that to short-lived assets. The increasing rate of tax subsidy under the investment credit favors long-lived assets by comparison with a flat-rate credit, while the neglect of the credit in calculating depreciation allowances favors short-lived assets (for which the depreciation allowance is a more important element in the cash flow). In reviewing the literature on this issue, Emil Sunley focused on the question of whether the investment credit should vary with the durability of the asset purchased.  He concluded that neutrality requires a subsidy rate increasing with the useful life of the asset in a way qualitatively similar to that prescribed in present U.S. law. This paper develops Sunley's discussion through the use of simple formal models of the yield from investment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0269.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Explaining Movements in Completed Fertility Across Cohorts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0270</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kenny</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A life cycle model of fertility based on the quantity-quality model of fertility successfully explains changes in completed fertility in a period in which completed fertility first fell and then rose. This model furthermore accurately predicts the timing and level of the subsequent peak in completed fertility. Regressions based on Easterlin's relative economic status theory of fertility are less successful in predicting fertility over a fifteen year period than regressions based on the quantity-quality model. Upon investigation, much of the increase in completed fertility associated with the baby boom appears to be primarily attributable to sporadic wage growth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0270.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Male Wage Rates and Marital Status</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0271</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kenny</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Numerous studies have found that married men earn consider-ably more than single men of the same education, experience, etc. There are several possible explanations of this phenomenon. Recent theoretical developments in the economics of marriage predict that males with higher wage rates have a greater gain from marriage and are therefore more likely to marry. Alternatively, one of the benefits of marriage is specialization in the labor force; married men spend more hours in the labor force than single males and thus have a greater incentive to invest in human capital. The empirical work in this paper suggests that a large fraction of the unexplained wage differential between married males and unmarried males may be attributable to the former explanation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0271.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Social Security Earnings Test, Labor Supply Distortions, and Foregone Payroll Tax Revenues</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0272</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pallechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this study the social security earnings test is shown to have a significant effect empirically on the labor supply of retirement aged men. A rich data file from the Social Security Administration containing accurate benefit information provides a cross- section sample of 65-70 year old married men who worked some amount for empirical investigation. The data pertain to 1972. The results indicate that eliminating the earnings test would increase labor supply by 151 annual hours and payroll tax revenue by $31 per individual in the sample. The way in which the earnings test is relaxed is important also. Raising the exempt amount increased labor supply while lowering the tax rate did not. This follows from analyzing labor supply decisions over a nonlinear earnings-tested budget constraint. An econometric technique was developed for consistently estimating labor supply over nonlinear budget constraints. This technique conveniently summarized the budget constraint in an expected value calculation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0272.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>New Estimates of the Industrial Locus of Unionism in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0273</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study presents new estimates of collective bargaining coverage and union membership for detailed U.S. industries. It compares the new coverage and membership figures with each other and with figures derived by researchers for the early 1960's and analyzes the divergences. This analysis leads to three primary conclusions:1) Estimated coverage percentages are on average higher than estimated membership percentages; 2) This relationship is primarily the result of the absence of union security clauses (under which covered employees must at some point become union members); 3) Even among production workers within detailed industries, private sector unionism has been dwindling during the past two decades.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0273.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Dynamics of Youth Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0274</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the dynamics of youth unemployment. Three broad conclusions emerge. First, the problem of youth joblessness extends beyond the unemployed. We find that over one-half of youth unemployment spells end in labor force withdrawal. Much of youth non-employment is not picked up in the official unemployment statistics, because many young people give up the search for work and leave the labor force. Second, a large part of youth unemployment is accounted for by a relatively small, hard core group of young people who experience long spells of unemployment. While most unemployment spells are short, this is due to the high rates of labor force withdrawal, rather than to job finding. Among male teenagers out of school, for example, we find that over half of unemployment was due to those with more than six months of unemployment in the year. Third, a shortage of attractive jobs is the principle source of long term non-employment. While instability and frequent turnover are major factors in determining the overall pattern of teenage unemployment, we find that the lack of desirable employment opportunities is the crux of the problem for those most seriously affected by youth unemployment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0274.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Fiscal Policies, Inflation and Capital Formation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0275</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Three ways of averting "excess saving" have been emphasized in both theory and practice. The thrust of the Keynesian prescription was to increase the government deficit to provide demand for the resources that would not otherwise be used for either consumption or investment. In this way, aggregate demand would be maintained by substituting public consumption for private consumption. A second alternative prescription was to reduce the private saving rate. Early Keynesians like Seymour Harris saw the new Social Security program as an effective way to reduce aggregate saving. The third type of policy, developed by JamesTobin, relies on increasing the rate of inflation and making money less attractive relative to real capital. In Tobin's analysis, the resulting increase in capital intensity offsets the higher saving rate and therefore maintains aggregate demand. This paper will examine ways of increasing capital intensity without raising the rate of inflation. The analysis will also show why, contrary to Tobin's conclusion, a higher rate of inflation may not succeed in increasing investors' willingness to hold real capital.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0275.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Stock Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0276</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses a crucial cause of the failure of share prices to rise during a decade of substantial inflation. Indeed, the share value per dollar of pretax earnings actually fell from 10.82 in 1967 to 6.65 in 1976. The analysis here indicates that this inverse relation between higher inflation and lower share prices during the past decade was not due to chance or to other unrelated economic events. On the contrary, an important adverse effect of increased inflation on share prices results from basic features of the current U.S. tax laws, particularly historic cost depreciation and the taxation of nominal capital gains.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0276.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Force Transitions and Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0277</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper challenges conventional views of unemployment. Its results suggest that failure to examine closely labor force transitions has led to a misleading picture of unemployment and the way the labor market functions in general. There are four main conclusions. First, labor force transitions are the principal determinant of fluctuations in employment and unemployment. We find that the vast majority of those newly employed come not from unemployment but from outside the labor force. Likewise, most spells of employment end with labor force withdrawal rather than unemployment. Second, traditional estimates of the duration of unemployment and the ease of job finding are seriously flawed by failure to take account of the 45 percent of all unemployment spells which end in labor force withdrawal. Third, re-entrant unemployment is to a large extent the result of job-ending followed by a brief spell outside the labor force. Many re-entrants would almost certainly be better classified as job losers and leavers completing long spells of unemployment rather than as entrants starting a new spell of unemployment. Fourth, it appears that many of those counted as out of the labor force are functionally indistinguishable from the unemployed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0277.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Experience, Performance, and Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0278</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Abraham</surname>
          <given-names>Katharine G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study provides direct evidence concerning the relationship between experience and performance among managerial and professional employees doing similar work in two major U. S. corporations. The facts presented indicate that while, within grade levels, there is a strong positive association between experience and relative earnings, there is either no association or a negative association between experience and relative rated performance. If we are correct that the performance ratings given to managerial and professional employees in any grade level adequately reflect those employees' relative productivity in the year of assessment, the results imply that the human capital on-the-job training model cannot explain a substantial part of the ob-served return to labor market experience.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0278.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The 1971-1974 Controls Program and The Price Level: An Econometric Post-Mortem</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0279</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Newton</surname>
          <given-names>William J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides new empirical evidence on the effects of the Nixon wageâ€”price controls on the price level. The major new wrinkle is that the controls are treated as a quantitative (rather than just a qualitative) phenomenon through the use of a specially-constructed series indicating the fraction of the economy that was controlled. According to the estimates, by February 1974controls had lowered the non-food non-energy price level by 3â€”4 percent. After that point, and especially after controls ended in April 1974, a period of rapid 'catch up' inflation eroded the gains that had been achieved, leaving the price level from zero to 2 percent below what it would have been in the absence of controls. The dismantling of controls can thus account for most of the burst of 'double digit' inflation in non-food and non-energy prices during 1974.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0279.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Fixed Effect Logit Model of the Impact Of Unionism on Quits</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0280</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There are two possible reasons for unionized workers to have lower quit rates than otherwise comparable nonunion workers: unions could organize employees with innately lower propensities to quit or they could reduce propensities by offering disgruntled workers alternatives to quitting in the form of grievance arbitration and related industrial jurisprudence systems. This paper uses a fixed effect logit model based on the conditional likelihood function to disentangle these two effects. The paper finds that the observed union-quit tradeoff is due largely to the impact of unionism on worker behavior rather than to the propensity of stable workers to be organized, supporting the notion that unions have important nonwage effects along the lines suggested by the "exit-voice" model of union activity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0280.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Disequilibrium Growth Theory:  The Kaldor Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0281</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ito</surname>
          <given-names>Takatoshi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Disequilibrium macroeconomic theory [e.g. Clower, and Barroand Grossman] is extended to deal with capital accumulation in the long run. A growth model a la Kaldor is chosen for a frame-work. The real wage is supposed to be adjusted slowly, therefore there may be excess demand or supply in the labor market. The transaction takes place at the minimum of supply and demand. Since income shares of workers and capitalists depend on which regime the labor market is in, different equations are associated to different regimes. Local stability of the steady state by the disequilibrium dynamics is demonstrated.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0281.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Black Economic Progress after 1964: Who Has Gained and Why?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0282</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study used three types of evidence to analyze the nature and cause of black economic progress in post-World War II years: aggregate evidence on the timing and incidence among skill groups of changes in the relative earnings or occupational position of blacks; cross-sectional evidence on the family background determinants of the socioeconomic achievement of blacks; and information from company personnel offices regarding personnel policies toward black (and other) workers affected by civil rights legislation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0282.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Temporary Income Taxes and Consumer Spending</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0283</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Both economic theory and casual empirical observation of the U.S. economy suggest that spending propensities from temporary tax changes are smaller than those from permanent ones, but neither provides much guidance about the magnitude of this difference. This paper offers new empirical estimates of this difference and finds it to he quite substantial. The analysis is based on an amendment of the standard distributed lag version of the permanent in-conic hypothesis that distinguishes temporary taxes from other income on the grounds that the former are "more transitory." This amendment, which is broadly consistent with rational expectations, leads to a nonlinear consumption function. Though the standard error is unavoidably large, the point estimate suggests that a temporary tax change is treated as a 50-50 blend of a normal income tax change and a pure windfall. Over a 1-year planning horizon, a temporary tax change is estimated to have only a little more than half the impact of a permanent tax change of equal magnitude, and a rebate is estimated to have only about 38 percent of the impact.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0283.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Crowding Out Or Crowding In? The Economic Consequences of Financing Government Deficits</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0284</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The prevailing view of the economic consequences of financing government deficits, as reflected in the recent economics literature and in recent public policy debates, reflects serious misunderstandings. Debt-financed deficits need not "crowd out" any private investment, and may even "crowd in" some. Using a model including three assets - money, government bonds, and real capital - the analysis in this paper shows that the direction of the portfolio effect of bond issuing on private investment depends on the relative substitutabilities among these three assets in the public's aggregate portfolio. Since the all-important substitutabilities that make the difference between "crowding out" and "crowding in" are determined in part by the government's choice of debt instrument for financing the deficit, this analysis points to the potential importance of a policy tool that public policy discussion has largely neglected for over a decade - debt management policy. When monetary policy is non-accommodative, within limits debt management policy can take its place in augmenting the potency of fiscal policy, or in improving the trade-off between short-run stimulation and investment for long-run growth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0284.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage Growth and Job Turnover: An Empirical Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0285</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Borjas</surname>
          <given-names>George J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper demonstrates that labor turnover is a significant factor in understanding wage growth since it affects both wage growth across jobs and wage growth within the job. Our analysis shows that young men who quit experience significant wage gains compared to stayers and compared to their own wage growth prior to the job change. Among older men, a quit increases wage growth only if the individual said he changed jobs because he found a better job. Yet in both age groups, individuals who expect to remain on the current job experience steeper wage growth per time period on that job. Thus labor turnover has offsetting effects on wage growth, leading to wage gains across jobs but flatter growth in shorter jobs. Our empirical analysis shows however that total life-cycle wage growth is positively related to current tenure. While early mobility may pay, individuals who are still changing jobs later in life experience lower overall wage growth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0285.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Choice Between Property Rules and Liability Rules</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0286</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Polinsky</surname>
          <given-names>A. Mitchell</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>When parties can bargain with each other in an externality situation, it is frequently argued that liability rules are preferable to property rules. The case for liability rules is thought to be strongest when the parties behave strategically, when the collective authority responsible for maximizing social welfare has perfect information, and when lump-sum transfers are not available. It is shown here that liability rules are not generally preferable to property rules in these circumstances because of their limited ability to redistribute income between the parties.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0286.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Reserves Under Alternative Exchange Rate Regimes and Aspects of The Economics of Managed Float</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0287</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper contains an analysis of the role of international reserves under a regime of pegged exchange rates and under a regime of managed floating. It presents evidence on the stability of the demand for reserves during the periods 1963-72 and 1973-75. It is shown that the demand for reserves by developed countries differs from that of less-developed countries and that the system underwent a structural change by the end of 1972. In view of the drastic change in the international monetary system, the extent of the structural change has not been as large as might have been expected, thus leading to the observation that economic behavior seems to be more stable than legal arrangements. From the policy perspective it follows that the problems concerning the role of the International Monetary Fund in this context are as relevant at the present as they were in the past. The paper concludes with a sketch of a stochastic framework for the analysis of the optimal degree of managed floating. And its purpose is to suggest an additional set of variables which might be incorporated into the specification of the demand for international reserves. It is shown that the optimal degree of exchange rate flexibility depends on the stochastic nature of the shocks that the economy faces. The stochastic characteristics of the shocks include a distinction between real and monetary shocks, domestic and foreign shocks and depend on the covariances among the various shocks.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0287.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Transactions and Precautionary Demand For Money</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0288</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jovanovic</surname>
          <given-names>Boyan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a stochastic framework for the analysis of transactions and precautionary demand for money. The analysis is based on the principles of inventory managements and the key feature of the model is its stochastic characteristics which lead to the need for precautionary reserves. The formal solution for optimal money holdings is derived and is shown to depend on the rate of interest, the mean rate of net disbursements, the cost of portfolio adjustment and the variance of the stochastic process governing net disbursements. One solution is obtained by minimizing the present value of financial management. This solution is compared with an alternative that is derived from the more conventional methodology of minimizing the steady-state cost function. The comparison shows that the two approaches may yield solutions that differ significantly from each other. The paper concludes with an application of the model to an empirical examination of countries' holdings of international reserves. The empirical results are shown to be consistent with the predictions of the model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0288.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Further Evidence On Expectations And The Demand for Money During the German Hyperinflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0289</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Probably no event in monetary history has been more studied than the German hyperinflation of the early 1920's. Economists have been attracted to study this episode since it provides an environment that is close to a controlled experiment which is so rare in the study of social sciences. This paper provides further evidence on the role of expectations in effecting the demand for money during the German hyperinflation. One of the difficulties in studying empirically the role of expectations is the lack of an observable variable measuring expectations. This paper examines three measures of expectations that are derived from observed data from the market for foreign exchange. The first measure is based on the hypothesis that the forward exchange rate measures the expected future spot exchange rate and thereby provides an observable measure of the market's expectations concerning the depreciation of the currency. The other two measures distinguish between the forward exchange rate and the expected exchange rate and are based on the supplementary hypothesis that rational behavior requires expectations to be unbiased. Accordingly, the measures of expectations are constructed by using the forward exchange rate along with the information on the systematic relationship between forward and spot exchange rates. The various measures are then used in estimating the demand for money. The emphasis on measures of expectations that are based on data from the foreign exchange markets reflects the belief that in an inflationary economy with flexible exchange rates one of the relevant substitutes for holding domestic money is foreign exchange.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0289.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rates in The 1920's: A Monetary Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0290</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clements</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Current views about flexible exchange rate systems are based, to a large extent, on the lessons from the period of the 1920's during which many exchange rates were flexible. This paper re-examines the evidence from the perspective of the recently revived monetary approach (or more generally, asset-market approach) to the exchange rate. The analysis starts by developing a simple monetary model of exchange rate determination. The key characteristic of the model lies in the notion that, being a relative price of two monies, the equilibrium exchange rate is attained when the existing stocks of the two monies are willingly held. The equilibrium exchange rate is shown to depend on both real and monetary factors which operate through their influence on the relative demands and supplies of monies. The analysis then proceeds to examine the relationship between spot and forward rates for the Franc/Pound, Dollar/Pound and Franc/Dollar exchange rates and the results are shown to be consistent with the efficient market hypothesis. The monetary model is then estimated using monthly data and using the forward premium on foreign exchange as a measure of expectations. In addition to the single-equation ordinary-least-squares estimates, the various exchange rates are also estimated as a system using the mixed-estimation procedure which combines the sample information with prior information which derives from the homogeneity postulate and from known properties of the demand for money. The various results are shown to be consistent with the predictions of the monetary model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0290.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Economic Effects of The Firefighters' Union</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0291</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ichniowski</surname>
          <given-names>Casey</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is a study of the effects of unionism in the public sector occupation of firefighting. A large and detailed set of data permits the examination of submarkets of this occupation. A before/after methodology is introduced to obtain more precise estimates of union wage differentials. The study's findings are: (1) that there is a greater union effect on fringes than on salaries which indicates a significant alteration in the composition of the compensation package;(2) that the estimates from the before/after methodology confirm the cross-section results which show modest union wage differentials; and ,most significantly, (3) that the union effect varies along different dimensions -- most notably the length of the contractual arrangement between municipality and union.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0291.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Trade Unionism on Fringe Benefits</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0292</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the impact of unionism on the fringes paid blue-collar workers using data on individual establishments. The main substantive finding is that trade unionism raises the fringe share of compensation, particularly pension and life, accident and health insurance. The magnitude of the effect is sufficiently large as to suggest that estimates which neglect fringes understate the union effect on compensation. The paper uses the data on the compensation of blue-collar and white-collar workers within an establishment to control for within-establishment pay policies and estimate the potential effect of blue-collar unionism on the fringes of white-collar workers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0292.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Do Multinational Firms Adapt Factor Proportions To Relative Factor Prices?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0293</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roldan</surname>
          <given-names>Romualdo A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It has been alleged that multinational firms fail to adapt their methods of production to take advantage of the abundance and low price of labor in less developed countries and therefore contribute to the unemployment problems of these countries. This paper asks two questions: do multi-national firms adapt to labor cost differences by using more labor-intensive methods of production in LDC's than in developed countries and do multinational firms' affiliates in LDC's use more capital-intensive methods than locally-owned firms? We concluded that both U.S.-based and Swedish-based firms do adapt to differences in labor cost, using the most capital-intensive methods of production at home and the least capital-intensive methods in low-wage countries. Among host countries, the higher the labor cost, the higher the capital intensity of production for manufacturing as a whole, within individual industries, and within individual companies. When we attempted to separate the capital-intensity differences into choice of technology and method of operation within a technology we found that firms appeared to choose capital-intensive technologies in LDC's but then responded to low wage levels there by substituting labor for capital within the technology. Similarly, U.S. affiliates appeared to use technologies similar to those of locally-owned firms but to operate in a more capital-intensive manner mainly because they faced higher labor costs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0293.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>How Important is Disaggregation in Structural Models of Interest Rate Determination?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0294</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The results presented below demonstrate that the structural modeling approach to interest rate determination not only stands apart from the sectoral disaggregation question conceptually but also performs fairly well without sectoral disaggregation empirically. This paper presents estimation and dynamic simulation results for an aggregated equivalent to the disaggregated model of the determination of bond yields developed in Friedman (1977; 1979). Instead of six bond demand and two bond supply equations, here there are but one demand and one supply equation. The empirical results show that, while disaggregation is of value in structural interest rate modeling (that is, the disaggregated model outperforms the aggregated one), even the aggregated structural model performs very well in comparison with familiar unrestricted reduced-form term structure equations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0294.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interest Rate Expectations Versus Forward Rates: Evidence From An Expectations Survey</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0295</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The object of this paper is to test several familiar hypotheses about the relationship between the forward rates implied by the term structure and interest rate expectations, using the one ongoing systematic survey that samples market participants' expectations. The substitution of survey data for overidentified constructions removes the principal source of ambiguity that has plagued much of the earlier empirical literature of the term structure. Nevertheless, because of limitations in the available data, it is possible to perform these tests only for the very short end of the maturity spectrum. Section I briefly describes the nature of the interest rate expectations survey and the calculation of the forward rate series from observed term structure data. Sections II-V present the results of testing the hypotheses that the implied term premium is zero on average (II), that it varies systematically with interest rate levels (III), that it varies with outside asset supplies (IV), and that it varies with economic activity (V). Section VI summarizes the findings of these tests and discusses their implications</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0295.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Inflation on the Prices of Land And Gold</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0296</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Traditional theory implies that the relative price of consumer goods and of such real assets as land and gold should not be permanently affected by the rate of inflation. A change in the general rate of inflation should, in equilibrium, cause an equal change in the rate of inflation for each asset price The experience of the past decade has been very different from the predictions of this theory: the prices of land, gold, and other such stores of value have increased by substantially more than the general price level. The present paper presents a simple theoretical model that explains the positive relation between the rate of inflation and the relative price of such real assets. More specifically, in an economy with an income tax, an increase in the expected rate of inflation causes an immediate increase in the relative price of such 'store of value' real assets. The behavior of real asset prices discussed in this paper is thus a further example of the non-neutral response of capital markets to inflation in an economy with income taxes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0296.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of Diffusion In the Production of an Innovation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0297</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gort</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Konakayama</surname>
          <given-names>Akira</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an attempt to explain diffusion in the production of an innovation. Diffusion in production is defined as the increase in number of producers, or net entry, in the market for a new product. It is to be distinguished from the more familiar problem in the literature on technical change, namely, the diffusion among producers in the use of new products and, hence, of changes in production processes for "old" products (or services). The empirical results confirm that a simple model -- simple in terms of number of variables -- is sufficient to explain most of diffusion in the production of an innovation. The principal variable that explains diffusion of entry is the demonstration effect. The principal variable that retards entry is the accumulated experience and goodwill of existing firms. A limiting force is the population of potential entrants. None of these variables appears to lend itself readily to influence by public policy. The first stage in diffusion -- the interval from first commercial introduction of the product to entry by competitors -- varies greatly in duration. Institutional variables, including public policy, may have a greater impact on the length of this first stage, which is not covered by this study, than on the diffusion process in the periods examined in this paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0297.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Status Report on Tax Integration in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0298</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Charles E. McLure,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Recent years have seen considerable interest in the integration of the corporate and personal income taxes. Full integration, under which corporate-source income would be taxed only to shareholders, has significant economic advantages, but it suffers from severe practical difficulties. Some but not all of its advantages could be realized through dividend relief. Alternative means of providing dividend relief include a deduction for dividends paid, application of a lower corporate rate to distributed income than to retained earnings, and allowing shareholders a dividend-received credit for corporate taxes imputed to have been paid on their behalf. The proper treatment of tax preferences and international flows of corporate-source income raise important issues of tax administration and public policy. It is necessary, for example, to decide whether tax preferences are to be passed through to shareholders or nullified when preference income is distributed. Beyond that, "stacking rules" are required for the presumptive allocation of dividends between preference and taxable income. Further research on both economic effects and administrative feasibility is necessary for an adequate appraisal of integration.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0298.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0298.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Supply Estimates For Public Policy Evaluation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0299</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Borjas</surname>
          <given-names>George J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In recent years, the study of labor supply has occupied the attention of a large number of economists. With the growth in interest in the topic and with the inevitable diversity of economic models and statistical methods proposed by new entrants in the field, the literature has developed its own folklore. The principal legend is that the empirical estimates of the same parameters obtained from the set of available studies display such diversity that they are of little use to policymakers. This paper disputes the folklore. We claim that there is more agreement than disagreement once a few reasonable criteria based on recent theoretical work are used to eliminate certain studies from consideration, and once we are careful about posing the question we seek the estimates to address.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0299.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetarist Interpretations of the Great Depression: An Evaluation and Critique</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0300</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wilcox</surname>
          <given-names>James A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper rejects the proposition that there is only a single interesting question to ask about the decade of the 1930s. It is concerned not only with the role of money in the 1929-33 contraction but also with the relative role of monetary and nonmonetary factors in the recession of 1937-38 and subsequent recovery and, in addition, with the division of nominal income change between prices and real output.  New empirical evidence bearing on each of these issues is provided The results suggest that both extreme monetarist and nonmonetarist interpretations of the decade of the l930s are unsatisfactory and leave interesting features of the data unexplained. Arguing against acceptance of an extreme monetarist interpretation are (1) the inability of changes in the money supply alone to explain the severity of the initial collapse in income between 1929 and the fall of 1931, (2) the steady weakening of the correlation between changes in nominal income and money as the 1930s progressed, (3) the failure of monetary factors to explain the nature and timing of the 1938-41 recovery, and (4) the apparent absence of any tendency for the mechanism of price flexibility to provide strong self-correcting forces as required by an approach that stresses monetary rules and opposes policy activism. Arguing against acceptance of an extreme nonmonetarist interpretation are (1) the close association between the collapse in income and the lagged effect of monetary changes after the fall of 1931, (2) the milder contraction and earlier recoveries associated with the more expansive monetary policies pursued in Europe, (3) the close association between money and income in the 1937-38 recession, and (4) the failure of the price change data to adhere to the expectational Phillips curve approach imbedded in many postwar econometric models constructed by nonmonetarists.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0300.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Should We Organize? Effects of Faculty Unionism on Academic Compensation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0301</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses the American Association of University Professors surveys for the period 1965 to 1976 to examine the effect of faculty unionism on faculty pay. It compares estimated effects of unionism on compensation from cross-section regressions of faculty pay on union organization and from a longitudinal model designed to correct cross-section estimates for "unobserved characteristics" of schools that are correlated with unionism. The major findings are that: 1. unionism raises faculty pay but that the extent of the effect varies greatly by estimating model and time period covered; 2.the years a school has been organized has a stronger effect on pay than the standard 0-1 union dummy variable; 3. unionism raises the fringe benefit share of compensation; 4. the estimated coefficient on faculty unionism in cross-section regressions overstates the union impact because unionized schools tend to have been higher paying even before organization.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0301.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Policy in a Life Cycle Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0302</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study departs from earlier analyses of the effects of taxes on capital income in several respects. Probably the most important difference between this treatment and most preceding ones lies in the assumptions about the interest elasticity of saving. It is shown below that the common two-period formulation of saving decisions yields quite misleading results. A more realistic model of life cycle savings demonstrates that, for a wide variety of plausible parameter values, savings are very interest elastic. This implies that shifting away from capital income taxation would significantly increase capital formation, making possible long-run increases in consumption.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0302.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Towards An Understanding of the Real Effects and Costs of Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0303</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Modigliani</surname>
          <given-names>Franco</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The organization of the paper is simple. We start by examining the real effects of anticipated inflation in an economy that has fully adapted to inflation. In particular, in this economy: (i) public institutions are fully attuned to inflation (or inflation proof), (ii) the same is true of private institutions, (iii) current and future inflation is fully reflected in inherited contracts, and (iv) future inflation is fully reflected in contracts for the future. After we have discussed the effects of anticipated inflation in this environment, we examine the real effects of inflation that arise as the assumptions (i) to (iv) are dropped one after the other. The effects cumulate in the sense that those present in the economy that has fully adapted to inflation are also present in economies with non-inflation proof institutions, and so on.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0303.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Changing Cyclical Behavior of Wages and Prices: 1890-1976</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0304</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The persistence of inflation during periods of high unemployment poses the central problem for macroeconomic policy in coming years. The extent of success in reducing both inflation and unemployment will depend strongly on the short-run responsiveness of wage inflation to unemployment and excess capacity. This paper studies changes in the cyclical responsiveness of inflation from 1890-1976, and concludes that a given shortfall in production relative to potential now "buys" a smaller reduction in the rate of inflation than in the past. From 1890-1929, a one percent decline in industrial production reduced inflation about .45%; for 1950-1976, the same output decline is estimated to slow inflation only about .l%. The analysis makes use of two methods to study the changing cyclical behavior of inflation. Following an innovative study by Cagan, calculations are made for wage and price inflation before and after eighteen business cycle peaks. While inflation slows in almost every recession, the declines in inflation in recent years are less pronounced than earlier, even when controlling for business cycle severity. In a second section of the study, econometric evidence is provided that also strongly supports the hypothesis of increasing rigidity of wage and price Inflation over the business cycle. In the last section of the paper, some possible reasons are cited for the declining responsiveness of inflation to unemployment. Ironically, successful macroeconomic policy might be in part responsible. To the extent that activist macroeconomic policy breaks the link between current unemployment and expectations of future unemployment, it is argued, unemployment today will not induce wage cuts in contracts for future periods. Also, the tremendous increase in duration and coverage of collective bargaining agreements is suggested as an important force behind the shifting behavior of wages and prices during the period of study.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0304.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Percent Organized Wage (POW) Relationship for Union and for NonunionWorkers</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0305</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyses the relation between the percent of workers organized in a product market and the wages received by union workers and by nonunion workers. It argues that the greater is the union coverage of a sector, the lower will be the elasticity of demand for the product of organized firms (since there will be fewer nonunion competitors) and as a result the lower will be the elasticity of demand for union labor and the larger the union wage gains. Estimates of the link between coverage and wages using information on individuals and on establishments shows the expected positive relation for union workers across manufacturing industries. By contrast, nonunion wages in manufacturing appear to be unrelated or only modestly related to the percentage organized. Estimates of the link between the percentage of construction workers unionized in a state and the wages of union and nonunion construction workers reveal relationships similar to those for manufacturing. Overall, the results strongly suggest that the percent organized is an important determinant of union wages and of the union-nonunion wage differential.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0305.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Efficient Wage Bargains Under Uncertain Supply and Demand</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0306</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lilien</surname>
          <given-names>David M.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Much recent thought has been devoted to the macroeconomic importance of the existence of wage contracts. Still, some puzzling features of the most conspicuous form of wage bargaining, that done formally by employers and labor unions, deserve further theoretical attention. Among these important features are: 1. Collective bargaining agreements are rarely contingent on outside events even though the parties have very imperfect knowledge of prospective economic conditions during the period of the contract. The only important exception is the indexing of wages to the cost of living. 2. Employers are permitted wide discretion in determining the level of employment when demand shifts unexpectedly. As employment varies, total compensation varies according to a formula established in the agreement. 3. Agreements are not permanent but are renegotiated on a regular cycle. 4. In the process of renegotiation, the current state of demand has little impact on the new wage schedule. On the other hand, current wages in other industries have an important influence. This feature especially has been denied or ignored by economic theorists even though it is a prominent part of the thinking of labor economists on wage determination.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0306.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Restriction of International Production: The Effects on the Domestic Economy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0307</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hartman</surname>
          <given-names>David G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the argument that restricting domestic firms' production abroad by for example, imposing a tax on foreign source income, can increase domestic welfare and alter the income distribution to favor labor. These arguments follow directly from a characterization of the international producer as a facilitator of capital flows. The available evidence suggests, however, that U.S. multinational firms have a much broader role than transferring abundant U.S. capital abroad. In this paper the firm Is viewed as able to compete abroad for a variety of reasons, including an ability to make use of technological and other cost advantages over local producers. Then, the effect of its operations abroad on the domestic capital stock is no longer so obvious. It is argued that at most a part of the marginal capital employed abroad is obtained at the expense of the capital stock of the domestic economy. The paper then presents a simple model which indicates that domestic labor can either gain or lose relative to capital, and home country welfare can either increase or decline, as a result of restricting the foreign operations of domestic firms. The results depend on the ultimate source of the capital placed abroad, the relative factor intensity of production by the multinational firm, and whether the multinational firm produces the home country's importable or exportable good. Since none of the cases considered seems totally implausible, the case for reducing international production cannot be made on the traditional grounds without further empirical evidence.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0307.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Income and Race Differences in Children's Health</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0308</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we explore income and race differences in nine measures of the health of children aged 6 through 11. We show that when health measures from mid-childhood are the subject of analysis, both income and race differences are much less pronounced than they are in infant mortality and birth weight data. We do find differences in the health status of black and white children and of children from high and low income families, but these differences by no means overwhelmingly favor the white or high-income children. With respect to differences by race, whether or not they are adjusted for differences in associated socioeconomic factors, black children in many cases are in better health than their white counterparts, In the case of income differences in health, the high income children do appear to be in better health according to most measures, but their advantage is greatly diminished when one controls for related socioeconomic factors like parents' educational attainment. Even so, for measures relating to the "new morbidity," such as the presence of allergies or excessive tension, children from higher income families are in worse health.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0308.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>How Elastic is The Demand for Labor?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0309</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the magnitude of the elasticity of demand for labor in time series data using more general and complete models of demand than have been previously employed. It argues that previous analyses have imposed two invalid constraints in calculations, which bias downward estimated elasticities. The first invalid constraint is the assumption that real capital prices have an equal opposite effect to real wages in the demand equation. We show on measurement error grounds that this constraint should not be imposed in econometric work even when long run homogeneity of prices correctly characterizes the market. The constraint is rejected in the data. The second invalid constraint is that all explanatory variables have the same lag distribution. We argue that this constraint is invalid when decisions are made under uncertainty and find that it is also rejected by the data. The principal positive empirical finding is that with the constraints relaxed, the elasticity, of demand with respect to real wages is much larger than the estimates in the literature, indicating much greater price responsiveness on the demand side of the labor market than has previously been thought.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0309.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Domestic Savings and International Capital Flows</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0310</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Horioka</surname>
          <given-names>Charles Y</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>How internationally mobile is the world's supply of capital? Does capital flow among industrial countries to equalize the yield to investors? Alternatively, does the saving that originates in a country remain 'to be invested there? Or does the truth lie somewhere between these two extremes? The answers to these questions are not only important for understanding the international capital market but are also critical for analyzing a wide range of issues including the nation's optimal rate of saving and the incidence of tax changes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0310.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Policy Under Exchange Rate Flexibility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0311</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The continuing depreciation of the dollar stands out as one of the big policy issues. It has started to impinge on U.S. monetary policy; it influences the chances for international commercial diplomacy, and it is enhancing the move toward European monetary integration. Above all it leaves most observers with a puzzle as to the causes of the ongoing depreciation. This paper will, of course, not resolve the puzzle. ft rather attempts to layout the basic analytical framework that has been developed for the analysis of exchange-rate questions and to relate it to the question of monetary policy. Part I concentrates on the development of the relevant theoretical framework. The main points to be made here are: (i) exchange rates are primarily deter-mined in asset markets with expectations playing a dominant role; (ii) the sharpest formulation of exchange-rate theory is the "monetary approach, "Chicago's quantity theory of the open economy; (iii) purchasing power parity is a precarious reed on which to hang short-term exchange-rate theory; (iv) the current account has just made it back as a determinant of exchange rates</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0311.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Taxation of Capital Income in the Corporate Sector</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0312</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This detailed examination of the effect of inflation on the taxation of capital used by nonfinancial corporations considers not only the tax paid by the corporations them- selves but also the tax paid by the individuals and institutions that provide capital to the corporate sector. Although corporations deduct nominal interest payments that exceed real interest, the additional taxes that lenders pay slightly exceed the tax saving by corporate borrowers. Our calculations indicate that inflation raised the 1977 tax burden on corporate sector capital income by more than $32 billion, a 50 percent increase in the total tax burden.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0312.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Note on Stochastic Rationing Mechanisms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0313</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ito</surname>
          <given-names>Takatoshi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There are a couple of well-known unsatisfactory properties in the notion of effective demand defined by Benassy and one by Dreze. This is why recent authors in disequilibrium analysis study the stochastic rationing mechanism. Douglas Gale proved the existence of the equilibrium with stochastic rationing mechanism. However, Gale 's rationing mechanism requires an economic agent to know all the individual effective demands from the other agents. This creates the informational problem. Green examined a rationing scheme which depends only on the individual effective demand and the aggregate signals. However, he did not consider conditions on rationing mechanisms to show the existence of temporary equilibrium. The purpose of this paper is to show a couple of sufficient conditions for the existence of temporary equilibrium preserving all properties Green considered on rationing mechanisms. We also discuss the possibility of balancing demand and supply in realization instead of in the mean.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0313.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Social Security on Private Savings: The Time Series Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0314</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reviews the studies by Robert Barro, Michael Darby, and Alicia Munnell, as well as my own earlier time-series study and presents new estimates using the revised national income-account data. The basic estimates of each of the four studies point to an economically substantial effect that is very unlikely to have been observed by chance alone. Although including variables like the Government surplus (Barro) or a measure of real money balance (Darby) can lower the estimated coefficient of the social security wealth variable, this paper explains their inappropriateness in the aggregate consumption function. Use of new data on national income and its components from the Department of Commerce improves my earlier estimates and shows that the unemployment variable does not belong in the consumption function once the level of income and its rate of change are included.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0314.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Empirical Analysis of the Fixed Coefficient 'Manpower Requirements' Model, 1960-1970</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0315</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The fixed coefficient 'manpower requirements" model has the advantage of providing information on the effect of changes in the industrial composition of an economy on demand for labor in highly disaggregated occupations, although at the cost of neglecting factor substitution. This study examines the ability of the fixed coefficient model to explain changes in employment in 3-digitoccupations in the United States from 1960 to 1970 and develops an "augmented requirements" model that uses changes in wages as well as fixed coefficient shifts in demand to analyze changes in employment. The study finds that (1) by themselves, the requirements shifts account for much of the change in employment among detailed occupations in the period studied; (2) demand for detailed skills is far from zero elastic; and (3) the fixed coefficient model seems to work, not because demand and supply are economically unresponsive, but because the variation in the wage structure and corresponding incentive to alter input coefficients is moderate relative to the variation in the shift in demand due to changes in industrial mix.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0315.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Demographic Factors on Age-Earnings Profiles</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0316</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The age-earnings profile of male workers is significantly influenced by the age composition of the workforce. When the number of young workers increased sharply in the 1970s, the profile "twisted" against them, apparently because younger and older male workers are imperfect substitutes in production. The effect is especially marked among college graduates. By contrast, the age-earnings profile of female workers appears to be little influenced by the age composition of the female workforce, possibly because the intermittent work experience of women makes younger and older women closer substitutes in production. The dependence of the age-earnings profile on demographically induced movements along a relative demand schedule suggests that standard human capital models of the profile, which posit that earnings rise with age and experience solely as a result of individual investment behavior, are incomplete.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0316.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Aspects Of Dividend Relief</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0317</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Charles E. McLure,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This article examines international aspects of the provision of relief from the double taxation of dividends that now occurs under the "classical" American system of taxing corporate income to both corporations and shareholders. It reviews recent American debate over integration and dividend relief, the systems of dividend relief now being used in Europe, and commonly accepted standards for judging international tax policy. These standards are employed in the appraisal of existing arrangements in Europe, possible alternative systems for international taxation in a world of dividend relief, and, using the European-American situation as an example, relations between countries with dividend relief and those with classical systems.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0317.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Information, Measurement, And Prediction In Economics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0318</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the flow of production and use of economic information and analyzes the effects of measurement errors, particularly as transmitted through expectations and forecasts. Economic data are subject to a variety of errors, and the uncertainty about economic measures tends to increase further with the amount and complexity of the processing per-formed on the underlying data as well as with the distance between the user and the processor. With some exceptions, economic time series lag significantly behind their reference periods and many undergo large revisions. The effective information lag includes not only the time required for incremental data to be produced and transmitted but also the time required for the signals to be extracted by the user. This lag is substantial for many important series. In general, there is no presumption that the measurement errors are random: Systematic errors are frequent and their sources and forms vary so much that they may be difficult to detect. In times of strong shocks and surprising developments (such as occurred earlier in this decade),measurement of short-term changes in the economy is particularly difficult and current signals are apt to be often misinterpreted. This can result in broadly diffused decision errors which in time are discovered, leading to sharp corrective reactions. Aggregative predictions from well known and influential sources show certain common patterns of error, which suggests that forecasters react similarly to the observed events and unanticipated shocks. Fore-casts of GNP and related variables are adversely affected by errors in both the preliminary data and the base level estimates. There is some support here for the hypothesis that information lags play a significant role ingenerating business cycles, but it is important to note that the errors involved in predicting the future are typically much larger than the errors involved in estimating the present or recent past.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0318.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Applied Welfare Economics with Discrete Choice Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0319</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Small</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Economists have been paying increasing attention to the study of situations in which consumers face a discrete rather than a continuous set of choices. Such models are potentially very important in evaluating the impact of government programs upon consumer welfare. But very little has been said in general regarding the tools of applied welfare economics indiscrete choice situations. This paper shows how the conventional methods of applied welfare economics can be modified to handle such cases. It focuses on the computation of the excess burden of taxation, and the evaluation of quality change. The results are applied to stochastic utility models, including the popular cases of probit and logit analysis. Throughout, the emphasis is on providing rigorous guidelines for carrying out applied work.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0319.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A State Price Index</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0320</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Scott</surname>
          <given-names>Sharon R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>No cross-sectional consumer price index is currently available by state, and the BLS's cross-sectional "family budget" index for metropolitan areas is not well-suited for cross-state analyses. In this paper we propose an algorithm for constructing a state-specific Laspeyres price index using conveniently available information from the Census of Business and the Survey of Current Business. The index is calculated for each state (and for Census divisions and regions) for 1967 and 1972. Its characteristics are discussed, and it is used to deflate nominal per capita income by state. Comparing "real" income by state with nominal income by state, the former has substantially less variation cross-sectionally but greater variation over time (between 1967 and 1972).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0320.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Efficient Level Of Public Library Services</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0321</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Getz</surname>
          <given-names>Malcolm</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Criteria for determining the efficient mix of branches, hours, stock, and new acquisitions are developed and applied to the branch operations of the New York Public Library. A method based on traveling costs is used to value library use at each branch. The relationship between library operations and library use is estimated using a two-stage technique. The costs of library operations are explored. Marginal benefit-cost ratios are presented. The study finds that the New York Public Library operates too many branches for too few hours of service.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0321.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Non-Trivial Equilibrium in an Economy With Stochastic Rationing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0322</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Honkapohja</surname>
          <given-names>Seppo</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ito</surname>
          <given-names>Takatoshi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Stochastic rationing when the market does not clear draws attention because both Dreze (1975) and Benassy (1975) quantity-constrained equilibria have some undesirable features. Gale (1978)gave the existence proof of trade under uncertainty. His stochastic rationing depends on all the individual effective demands. It is too vague to characterize a rationing mechanism. Moreover, his assumption to ensure a non-trivial equilibrium is economically not clear. In this paper we extend Green (1978) to characterizing the rationing scheme as the individual effective demand times the rationing number which is a function of the aggregate quantity signals. We also construct an economy with money and overlapping generations. We show the existence of the non-trivial equilibrium and provide an example of a non-Wairasian equilibrium at the Walrasian equilibrium prices.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0322.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Comparing Public Library Systems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0323</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Getz</surname>
          <given-names>Malcolm</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The operations of 31 large public library systems across the country are compared using information from the author' s interview survey. Operations are compared in physical terms: hours of service, materials, locations, and staffing. Differences in operations are found to be associated with differences in labor costs, local fiscal circumstances, and demographics. The libraries seem to reduce hours in the face of higher labor costs. Differences in the use of the libraries are found to be associated with differences in library services and demographics. The number of materials acquired per capita has a strong impact on library use.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0323.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Corporate Financial Policy, Taxes, and Uncertainty: An Integration</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0324</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, we present a simple general equilibrium model of the portfolio behavior of households and institutions, paying particular attention to the influence of differences in tax rates and attitudes toward risk. Under the plausible assumptions that households are more risk averse than institutions and possess a greater relative "tax preference" for equity versus debt, we are able to characterize the equilibria which may result when debt is subject to bankruptcy risk. Among the issues which we study are the effects of tax rate changes, changes in risk, and changes in firm leverage on the relative asset holdings of the two types of investor and the rates of return earned on equity and debt. Numerical simulations provide additional understanding of the model's characteristics.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0324.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analysis of Covariance With Qualitative Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0325</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chamberlain</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In data with a group structure, incidental parameters are included to control for missing variables. Applications include longitudinal data and sibling data. In general, the joint maximum likelihood estimator of the structural parameters is not consistent as the number of groups increases, with a fixed number of observations per group. Instead a conditional likelihood function is maximized, conditional on sufficient statistics for the incidental parameters. In the logit case, a standard conditional logit program can be used. Another solution is a random effects model, in which the distribution of the incidental parameters may depend upon the exogenous variables.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0325.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Capital Market In an Equilibrium Business Cycle Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0326</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Previous equilibrium "business cycle" models are extended by the incorporation of an economy-wide capital market. One aspect of this ex-tension is that the relative price that appears in commodity supply and demand functions becomes an anticipated real rate of return on earning assets, rather than a ratio of actual to expected prices. From the stand-point of expectation formation, the key aspect of the extended model is that observation of the economy-wide nominal interest rate conveys current global information to individuals. With respect to the effect of money supply shocks on output, the model yields results that are similar to those generated in simpler models. Anew result concerns the behavior of the anticipated real rate of return on earning assets. Because this variable is the pertinent relative price for commodity supply and demand decisions, it turns out to be unambiguous that positive money surprises raise the anticipated real rate of return. In fact, this response provides the essential channel in this equilibrium model by which a money shock can raise the supply of commodities and thereby increase output. However, it is possible through a sort of "liquidity" effect that positive money surprises can depress the economy-wide nominal interest rate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0326.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sterling and the External Balance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0327</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the behavior of the current account and the exchange rate in the British economy during the 1970's, and discusses the outlook, as influenced by the availability of oil revenues, for exchange rate developments during the 1980's.Both trade and exchange rate behavior are affected by, and in turn affect, general macroeconomic developments and policy problems. In the short term, the major macroeconomic problems of the British economy are its high rates of inflation and unemployment. Over the long term, the underlying problem for the British economy is its slow productivity growth relative to the major OECD economies (except that of the United States).Two major themes permeate this paper. First, the accepted laws of economics continue to work in the United Kingdom; for example, low domestic demand and increased British competitiveness improve the balance of payments and slow the fall of the exchange rate. Second, Britain's achievement of macroeconomic goals depends upon the behavior of both nominal and real wages. The inflation rate will remain low only if the rate of change of nominal wages does; full employment with stable prices and current account balance will be achieved only if real wage growth is restrained or productivity growth increases.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0327.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Public Libraries and Labor Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0328</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Getz</surname>
          <given-names>Malcolm</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Differences in labor compensation across 31 large public library systems are examined based on the author's interview survey. Salaries for recruit clerical workers, recruit librarians, and librarians with five years' experience are compared along with hours of work per week and fringe benefits. Cost of living differences in metropolitan areas and collective bargaining are found to be strongly associated with differences in labor compensation. The collective bargaining differential for experienced librarians seems to be about13.5 percent.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0328.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Money Stock Revisions and Unanticipated Money Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0329</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hercowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An important "empirical regularity" is the strong positive effect of money shocks on output and employment. One strand of business cycle theory relates this finding to temporary confusions between absolute and relative price changes. These models predict positive output effects of unperceived monetary movements, but the quantitative importance of unperceived shifts in nominal aggregates is subject to question. Another strand of theory, based on long-term nominal contracts and analogous price-setting institutions, generates output effects from unanticipated, but not necessarily contemporaneously unperceived, money shocks. However, the real effects of unpredicted, but contemporaneously understood, monetary changes are not obviously consistent with efficient institutional arrangements. The present paper provides some empirical evidence on the two types of theories by analyzing the output effects associated with revisions in the money stock data, where the revisions are interpreted as components of unperceived monetary movements. The revisions turn out to have no significant explanatory power for output. Previous findings that innovations from an estimated money growth equation have a significant output effect remain intact when the revisions are included as separate explanatory variables. Overall, the study provides a small amount of evidence against the special role of unperceived, as opposed to unanticipated, money movements as a determinant of business fluctuations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0329.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unionization and Productivity: Microeconometric Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0330</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is widely agreed that unionization affects the rules and procedures governing the employment relation in organized establishments. The effect of these changes on establishment productivity, however, is unclear. Existing evidence is based on a comparison of union/nonâ€”union differences in value added per hour worked. Although positive union effects have been estimated, possible differences in prices and technology in the union and nonâ€”union sectors render the results inconclusive. The effect of unions on productivity is examined in the present paper using establishment level data from the U.S. cement industry. The cement industry provides a useful empirical framework. Output is easily measured in physical terms, and data on both union and non-union establishments permit estimation of the union effect controlling for differences in technology. The results suggest that unionized establishments are 6-8 percent more productive than their non-union counterparts. This conclusion is supported in time series data, where a comparison of productivity before and after unionization reveals a positive union effect of similar magnitude. Since the statistical analysis controls for capital-labor substitution, scale effects and technological change, the evidence suggests that unionization leads to productive changes in the operation of the enterprise. The results are relatively robust. Specification changes and adjustments for omitted variables leave the basic findings intact.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0330.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Corporate Supply of Index Bonds</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0331</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a simple theory of the supply of index bonds by a firm, and uses that model to examine in some detail possible reasons for the non-existence of privately issued index bonds in the United States. The major elements of the theory involve the trade-off between the tax advantages of using debt finance and the increasing risk of bankruptcy debt finance involves. The theory is first used to examine the supply of nominal bonds -- it is thus a theory of the debt-equity ratio. Then the firm's optimal supply of index bonds is examined, and the values of the firm using the alternative debt instruments is compared. In general, there is no reason to think that nominal bonds dominate index bonds -- i.e. the theory cannot explain why firms have not issued index bonds. The paper then turns to a number of other reasons that have been advanced for the non-issue of indexed bonds in the United States, such as the tax treatment of such instruments and the argument that their issue would saddle the firm with open-ended obligations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0331.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unionization, Management Adjustment and Productivity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0332</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The effect of unionization on productivity is examined in this paper using time-series data on selected establishments in the U.S. cement industry. The analysis combines statistical estimation of the union impact and interviews with union and management officials to forge a link between econometric estimation and the traditional institutional analysis of union policy and management adjustment. The econometric analysis primarily deals with the problem of identifying the impact of the union in the face of firm specific effects and adjustments in labor quality. The case studies are designed to shed light on the question of how unionization affects productivity. The empirical results support the conclusion that unionization leads to productive changes in the operation of the enterprise. Evidence from the case studies suggests that much of the gain in productivity derives from a series of extensive changes in management personnel and procedure. These adjustments are a management response to changes in the employment contract which follow unionization.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0332.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Vehicle Currencies And the Structure Of International Exchange</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0333</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krugman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is concerned with the reasons why some currencies, such as the pound sterling and the U.S. dollar, have come to serve as "vehicles" for exchanges of other currencies. It develops a threeâ€”country model of payments equilibrium with transaction costs, and shows how one currency can emerge as an international medium of exchange. Transaction costs are then made endogenous, and it is shown how the underlying structure of payments limits, without necessarily completely determining, the choice and role of a vehicle currency. Finally, a dynamic model is developed, and the way in which one currency can displace another as the international medium of exchange is explored.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0333.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Social Security on Saving</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0334</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper, which was presented as the 1979 Frank Paish Lecture to the British Association of University Teachers of Economics, provides a non-technical summary of the recent studies of the effects of social security on private saving. The first section discusses the theoretical indeterminacy of the effect of social security while the second part reviews the empirical studies. Although the traditional life cycle theory of saving clearly implies that the anticipation of social security benefits reduces private saving, a richer theoretical framework suggests several reasons why the saving response cannot be unambiguously established by theoretical reasoning. These reasons include the indirect effects of social security on retirement behavior, private pensions, and gifts and bequests. The econometric studies resolve this uncertainty and indicate that social security appears to reduce private saving substantially. These studies include(1) aggregate time series evidence on the U.S. saving rates over the past 50 years, (2) microeconomic evidence on the accumulation of wealth by a large sample of individual households, and (3) international comparisons of saving rates in major industrial countries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0334.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Feedback and the Use of Current Information: The Use of General Linear Policy Rules in Rational Expectations Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0335</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The behavior of several stochastic dynamic rational expectations models is studied when policy behavior can be described by a linear rule. Four policy components are distinguished: a current response component, a feedback component, an open-loop component and a stochastic component. Policy is evaluated in terms of the current and asymptotic first and second moments of the state variables. The importance of distinguishing between variability and uncertainty is brought out. The conditional variance is argued to be the appropriate measure of uncertainty. The analysis is applied to a model of foreign exchange market intervention.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0335.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analyzing the Accuracy of Foreign Exchange Advisory Services: Theory AndEvidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0336</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Levich</surname>
          <given-names>Richard M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>With the introduction of floating exchange rates, the variability of unanticipated exchange rate changes has increased dramatically. A small forecasting industry has developed to provide information about future exchange rates. From an academic viewpoint, it is of interest to examine some of the statistical properties of these forecasts and to relate the forecast errors to other fundamental economic variables in a model with rational behavior. Second, from a more practical viewpoint, we would like to know if foreign exchange forecasts are useful to decision makers. The purpose of this paper is to provide an objective analysis which addresses some of the above questions for a large sample of forecasts. On the basis of the current research, we can draw several conclusions. First, most advisory service forecasts are not as accurate as the forward rate in terms of mean squared error. Second, judgmental forecasters are superior to econometric forecasters for short-term forecasts; the relationship is reversed for longer-term forecasts (one year). Third, two statistical tests indicate that the fraction of "correct" forecasts is significantly larger than what would be expected if the advisory services were only guessing at the direction of the future spot rate. In this sense, the forecast services appear to demonstrate expertise and usefulness. However, a full analysis of the risk-return opportunities available to advisory service users is still incomplete. It should be cautioned that if the forward rate contains a risk premium, then we expect advisory service models to beat the forward rate according to the tests we have outlined. In this case we must measure speculative returns relative to a risk measure. While advisory service forecasts may lead to profits, they may not be unusual after adjusting for risk.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0336.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Static and Dynamic Resource Allocation Effects of Corporate and PersonalTax Integration in the U.S.: A General Equilibrium Approach(Rev)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0337</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>A. Thomas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shoven</surname>
          <given-names>John B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Whalley</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents estimates of static and dynamic general equilibrium resource allocation effects for four alternative plans for corporate and personal income tax integration in the U.S. A mediumâ€”scale numerical general equilibrium model is used which integrates the U.S. tax system with consumer demand behavior by household and producer behavior by industry. Results indicate that total integration of personal and corporate taxes would yield an annual static efficiency gain of around $4 billion (1973 dollars). Partial integration plans yield less. Dynamic effects are larger, and our analysis indicates that full integration may yield gains whose present value is as large as $400 billion or 0.8% of the discounted present value of the GNP stream to the U.S. economy after correction for population growth. Plans differ in their distributional impacts, although these findings depend on the nature of replacement taxes used to preserve government revenues. The size of dynamic resource allocation effects are sensitive to the choice of the replacement tax, while static gains are reasonably robust.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0337.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Private versus Public Enforcement of Fines</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0338</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Polinsky</surname>
          <given-names>A. Mitchell</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The present paper analyzes the competitive, monopolistic, and public enforcement of fines allowing for the costs of enforcement to differ by the choice of the enforcer. There are a number of reasons to expect such differences. First, the benefits from coordinating enforcement -- for example, avoiding duplication of investigative effort and exploiting economies of scale in information processing -- are obtained under public enforcement and monopolistic enforcement, but not under competitive enforcement. Second, the profit motive might be imagined to lead to lower costs under either form of private enforcement relative to public enforcement. Third, when the revenue from fines under public enforcement is not sufficient to finance enforcement costs, there may be a deadweight burden incurred in making up the deficit from other sources. Conversely, if the fine revenue exceeds enforcement costs, the effective cost of enforcement would be lower. On balance, these considerations suggest that monopolistic enforcement may be cheaper than competitive enforcement, but that public enforcement could be more or less expensive than private enforcement.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0338.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unanticipated Money and Economic Activity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0339</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rush</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses ongoing research on the relation of money to economic activity in the post-World War I1 United States. As in previous work, the stress is on the distinction between anticipated and unanticipated movements of money. Part I deals with annual data. Aside from updating and refinements of earlier analysis, the principal new results concern joint, cross-equation estimation and testing of the money growth, unemployment, output and price level equations. The present findings raise some doubts about the specification of the price equation, although the other relations receive further statistical support. Part I1 applies the analysis to quarterly data. Despite the necessity to deal with pronounced serial correlation of residuals in the equations for unemployment, output and the price level, the main results are consistent with those obtained from annual data. Further, the quarterly estimates allow a detailed description of the lagged response of unemployment and output to money shocks. The estimates reveal some lack of robustness in the price equation, which again suggests some misspecification of this relation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0339.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Macro-Economic Adjustment With Import Price Shocks: Real and Monetary Aspects</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0340</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bruno</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we explore in detail the various ways by which the introduction of intermediate imports affects the comparative statics and the dynamics of adjustment in an open economy. The importance of integrating the role of intermediate imports into a theory of macro-economic adjustment derives from the particular set of events that have affected the industrial economies in the 1970's -- the unprecedented rise in raw materials prices, in particular the oil price shock, and the concomitant inflation and widespread unemployment. The analysis lays out in detail the separate workings of the commodity labor and exchange rate markets, under various adjustment mechanisms, with the objective of obtaining empirically quantifiable hypotheses. An empirical study based on the present formulation has been prepared by the authors (see Bruno and Sachs (1979) ) .</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0340.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Activist Monetary Policy With Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0341</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper examines the case for activist monetary policy. It accepts the view that expectations are formed rationally, but not the implication of flexible price, equilibrium, rational expectations models, that monetary policy cannot and should not be used to affect real magnitudes. The paper starts by asking why the economy has not insulated itself from monetary disturbances through the adoption of indexing and other provisions that would effectively shorten contracts, and suggests that the costs of doing so must be substantial. These costs provide the rational for activist policy, whose aim should be to adjust for aggregate disturbances that the private sector has not made provision to handle. The arguments about activist policy then become those familiar from earlier discussions by Milton Friedman, concerning the long and variable lags with which policy operates, and the alleged propensity of the Fed to misbehave. It is argued that an activist policy that does not respond to minor disturbances, but does respond to actual and prospective major disturbances, would provide a stabilizing force for the economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0341.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>High School Preparation and Early Labor Force Experience</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0342</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Meyer</surname>
          <given-names>Robert H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wise</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The relationship between high school training and work experience on the one hand and early labor force experience on the other are analyzed in the paper. In addition, the extent and nature of the persistence of early labor force experience is evaluated. The study is based on data for male youths from the National Longitudinal Study of the High School Class of 1972. While there appears to be no relationship between job-related training in high school and post-graduation weeks worked or wage rates, there is a strong relationship between hours worked while in high school and both weeks worked and wage rates in the first four years after graduation. High school class rank and test scores also are positively related to early weeks worked and wage rates in the labor force. It is also found that after controlling for individual specific characteristics of youth, there is little relationship between weeks worked in the first year after high school graduation and weeks worked four years later. And there is almost no relationship between initial wage rates and wage rates four years later, other than those attributable to measured and unmeasured individual specific characteristics. There is little persistence of early experience that cannot be attributed to heterogeneity among youth. There is, however, an effect of early work experience on later wage rates, although it is of modest magnitude in this sample of high school graduates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0342.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Coherency Conditions In Simultaneous Linear Equation Models With Endogenous Switching Regimes</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0343</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gourieroux</surname>
          <given-names>Christian</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Laffont</surname>
          <given-names>Jean-Jacques</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Monfort</surname>
          <given-names>Alain</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In modeling disequilibrium macroeconomic systems which one would want to subject to econometric estimation one typically faces the problem of whether the structural model can determine a unique equilibrium. The problem inherits a special form because the regimes in which the equilibria can lie are each linear. By placing restrictions on the parameters that insure the uniqueness of such a solution for each value of the exogenous and random variables, we can improve the estimation procedure. This paper provides necessary and sufficient conditions for uniqueness -- or "coherency." These conditions are applied to a variety of models that have been prominent in the literature on econometrics with 'switching regimes' such as those of self-selectivity (Maddala), simultaneous equation tobit and probit (Amemiya, Schmidt) and multi-market macroeconomic disequilibrium (Gourieroux, Laffont and Nonfort).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0343.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Aggregation Effects And Panel Data Estimation Problems: An Investigationof the R&amp;D Intensity Decision</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0344</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers why the determinants of the inter- and intra-industry variance in R&D intensity in U.S. manufacturing differ markedly even though response parameters are similar across industries. A similar aggregation effect is noted by Grunfeld and Griliches (1960), and this paper gives that effect operational content in terms of grouped data estimation procedures. Observationally equivalent aggregation results can be generated by errors in variables models (see Aigner and Goldfeld [1974]).A later section considers specifications which identify the empirical importance of both these problems. Finally, a summary of the empirical results on the determinants of R&D intensity is provided.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0344.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Note on the Derivation of Linear Homogeneous Asset Demand Functions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0345</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Among the numerous familiar sets of specific assumptions sufficient to derive mean-variance portfolio behavior from more general expected utility maximization in continuous time, the assumptions of constant relative risk aversion and joint normally distributed asset return assessments are also jointly sufficient to derive asset demand functions with the two desirable (and frequently simply assumed) properties of wealth homogeneity and linearity in expected returns. In addition, in discrete time constant relative risk aversion and joint normally distributed asset return assessments are sufficient to yield linear homogeneous asset demands as approximations if the time unit is small.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0345.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Rate of Obsolescence Of Knowledge, Research Gestation Lags, and the Private Rate of Return to Research Resources</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0346</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schankerman</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper points out the conceptual distinction between the rates of decay in the physical productivity of traditional capital goods and that of the appropriate revenues accruing to knowledge-producing activities, and notes that it is the latter parameter which is required in any study which constructs a stock of privately marketable knowledge. The rate of obsolescence of knowledge is estimated from a simple patent renewal and the estimates are found to be comparable to evidence provided by firms on the lifespan of the output of their R&D activities. These estimates, together with mean R&D gestation lags, are then used to correct previous estimates of the private excess rate of return to investment in research. We find that after the correction, the private excess rate of return to investment in research, at least in the early 1960's, was close to zero, which may explain why firms reduced the fraction of their resources allocated to research over the subsequent decade.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0346.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Technical Systems and Innovations in Public Libraries</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0347</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Getz</surname>
          <given-names>Malcolm</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The extent of use of twenty innovations in the operation of public libraries is examined in 31 large public library systems across the country. The innovations include the use of computers in ordering, cataloging, and circulating materials. The pattern of diffusion of the innovations across the systems is explored using contingency tables and discriminant analysis. All the large library systems seem to participate in early adoption of some innovations; none seem to be pace-setters for all innovations. The extent of diffusion of some innovations may be reduced by the development of successive innovations that replace them. Only some of the innovations seem to be climax technologies that are likely to persist for longer periods of time.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0347.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Can the Fed Control Real Interest Rates?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0348</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Three hypotheses concerning the controllability of rationally expected real interest rates are examined here. These hypotheses, which are suggested by recent literature, assert in different senses that the stochastic properties of expected real interest rates are independent of the Fed policy rule. We discuss the meaning and implications of the hypotheses, and how they might be tested. Evaluation of the hypotheses is attempted by examination of the Fed's "quasi-controlled experiments," historical changes in policy regimes, Granger-Sims causality tests, Barro unanticipated money regressions, and other methods. Questions as to the relevance of any such methods are discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0348.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Incidence and Allocation Effects of a Tax on Corporate Distributions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0349</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bradford</surname>
          <given-names>David F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>To study the effects of 'double taxation' (first at the corporation level, then at the shareholder level this paper analyzes a model with a tax on all corporate distributions to equity owners and no other taxes. Contrary to the common view, the tax is shown to have no substitution effect and, in particular, no effect on the corporate choice between debt and equity (via retained earnings) finance. The analysis opens to question certain arguments commonly used to support integration of corporation and individual income taxes via 'dividend relief'.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0349.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Measuring the Variance-Age Profile of Lifetime Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0350</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Eden</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents an operational meaning to the concept of the variance in lifetime income in terms of the discounted variance of T mutually uncorrelated, sequentially realized, random variables. It is then shown how the logical implications of the lifecycle consumption model can be used to estimate this series of variances, called the variance-age profile of lifetime income, and we refer to an earlier paper by Eden (1977) to show how this variance-age profile can be used to compare the riskiness of alternative labor income paths. Finally the estimation technique is applied to Israeli data in order to compare the riskiness of the earnings path of those who attended college with that of those who terminated their education at the high school level in that economy, and to consider data requirements and estimation problems in greater depth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0350.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security and Retirement: Evidence From the Canada Time Series</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0351</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines whether social security influences the aggregate retirement rate in Canada. The lifeâ€”cycle model of individual behavior provides the foundation for this study. The model indicates how social security can affect an individual's decision to retire. Further, the model is used to specify the variable that measures this effect. This variable is social security wealth which equals the present value of the social security benefits to which an individual is entitled. The model for individual retirement decisions is used to construct a model for the aggregate retirement rate. Time series data from Canada include a measure of social security wealth that matches the specification given by the lifeâ€”cycle model. The estimate of the model yields evidence that social security induces retirement. An increase in social security wealth of approximately $2300 per capita measured in 1971 dollars has been estimated to raise the retirement rate by 5 to 6 points. The effect of the creation of the Canada and Quebec Pension Plan was to raise the retirement rate by 1.5 points in 1967.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0351.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Time Preference and International Lending and Borrowing in an Overlapping-Generations Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0352</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Two economies, represented by Diamond-type overlapping-generations models and differing only in their pure rates of time preference, are joined together. Capital formation, balance-of-payments behavior, and welfare are compared under autarky and openness. With a positive natural rate of growth, the low-time-preference country runs a current account surplus in the steady state but not necessarily outside it. If preexisting capital is not shiftable between countries, integration in the world economy makes the high-time-preference country worse off in the short run. The ranking of stationary utility levels under autarky and openness is ambiguous.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0352.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimating the Determinants of Employee Performance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0353</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Brown</surname>
          <given-names>Charles C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Employers often wish to know whether the factors used in selecting employees do in fact allow them to choose the most qualified applicants. Because the performance of those not chosen is not observed, sample-selection bias is a likely problem in any attempt to "validate" employee-selection criteria. With minor modifications, the recently-developed techniques for dealing with sample-selection problems can be used in this context. Using data on applicants for first-line supervisory positions and ratings of on-the-job performance of those hired, ordinary least squares estimates of the determinants of performance are compared with maximum-likelihood estimates which correct for selection bias. The correction for selection bias produces some appreciable improvements in some variables' coefficients, though the corrected estimates remain "insignificant" at conventional levels. Differences in the firm's stated and actual hiring criteria are also noted.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0353.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Inflation Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0354</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers the problem of optimal long run monetary policy. It shows that optimal inflation policy involves trading off two quite different considerations. First, increases in the rate of inflation tax the holding of many balances, leading to a deadweight loss as excessive resources are devoted to economizing on cash balances. Second, increases in the rate of inflation raise capital intensity. As long as the economy has a capital stock short of the golden rule level, increases in capita intensity raise the level of consumption. Ignoring the second consideration leads to the common recommendation that the money growth rate be set so that the nominal interest rate is zero. Taking it into account can lead to significant modifications in the "full liquidity rule." Inter-actions of inflation policy with financial intermediation and taxation are also considered. The results taken together suggest that inflation can have important welfare effects, and that optimal inflation policy is an empirical question, which depends on the structure of the economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0354.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Differences in Social Security and Saving</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0355</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The U.S. Social Security Administration, in cooperation with similar agencies in other countries, recently developed estimates of social security benefits for twelve major industrial countries. The present paper uses these data to estimate the effects of social security benefits on saving and retirement in an extended life cycle model. The parameter estimates indicate that, with retirement behavior given, social security significantly reduces private saving: an increase of the benefit-to-earnings ratio by 10 percentage points reduces the saving rate by approximately 3 percentage points.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0355.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Trade and Income Distribution: A Reconsideration</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0356</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krugman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The postwar expansion of trade among the industrial countries has not had the strong distributional effects which standard models of trade would have led us to expect. This paper develops a model which attempts to explain this observation, while at the same time making sense of some other puzzling empirical aspects of world trade. The basis of the model is a distinction between two kinds of trade: "Heckscher-Ohlin" trade, based on differences in factor proportions, and "intraindustry" trade, based on scale economies and product differentiation. To incorporate intraindustry trade into the model it is necessary to drop the usual assumptions of constant returns to scale and perfect competition; instead the paper deals with a world where economies of scale are pervasive and all firms possess some monopoly power. Surprisingly, it is nonetheless possible to develop a fully-worked-out general equilibrium model which remains simple and can be used to compare autarky and free trade. Two main results emerge from the analysis. First, the nature of trade depends on how similar countries are in their factor endowments. As countries become more similar, the trade between them will increasingly become intra-industry in character. Second, the effects of opening trade depend on its type. If intraindustry trade is sufficiently dominant the advantages of extending the market will outweigh the distributional effects, and the owners of scarce as well as of abundant factors will be made better off.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0356.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Mobility and Wages</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0357</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jovanovic</surname>
          <given-names>Boyan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Workers' compensation insurance provides cash payments and medical benefits to workers who incur a work-related injury or illness .Many features of the workers' compensation program parallel features of proposed mandated employer-paid health insurance plans. This paper empirically examines the incidence of the workers' compensation program to infer the likely consequences of mandated health insurance proposals. In certain industries, such as trucking and carpentry, workers' compensation insurance costs are quite large, and vary tremendously within states overtime, and across states at a moment in time. This variation issued to identify the incidence of the program. Empirical analysis of two data sets suggest that changes in employers' costs of workers' compensation insurance are largely shifted to employees in the form of lower wages. In addition, higher insurance costs are found to have a negative but statistically insignificant effect on employment. The implied elasticity of labor demand from our results is about -.50.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0357.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Structure of Production, Technological Change, and the Rate of Growth of Total Factor Productivity in the Bell System</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0358</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadiri</surname>
          <given-names>M. Ishaq</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schankerman</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The objectives of this preliminary study are threefold. The first is to analyze empirically the production structure of the Bell System at the aggregate level. Particular attention is focused on the pattern of substitution among the factor inputs and the degree to which the aggregate production function is characterized by economies of scale. In this connection, we explore the role of research and development in the Bell System as an input in the production process, and its interaction with the traditional inputs. Second, we examine the impact of external technological chance on the production structure of the Bell System. The issues here include not only the rate of such technical change, but also the extent to which it alters the optimal level and mix of inputs, that is, the factor bias of external technical change. The third objective is to explore the inter relationship between scale economies internal to the Bell System and external technical change in determining the rate of growth of total factor productivity (TFP) . Specifically, we propose and illustrate a methodology for composing the observed growth of TFP into a part related to scale economies and a part included by technical change. We address these issues by first estimate in a an aggregate translog cost function for the Bell System, using annual data for the period 1947-1976. The implied estimate of the scale economies is then used to explore the sources of the growth of TFP.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0358.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Expectations, Foreign Exchange and Interest Rates, and Demand for Money in an Open Economy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0359</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Arango</surname>
          <given-names>Sebastian</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadiri</surname>
          <given-names>M. Ishaq</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Traditional studies on demand for money have often ignored influence of foreign monetary developments. The literature on international capital mobility, on the other hand, focuses on the impact of adjustments in international reserves on domestic money supply with the implicit assumption that aggregate demand for money is inelastic with respect to foreign monetary developments such as changes in exchange and foreign interest rates. These two views have often led to the conclusion that domestic monetary policy is fairly ineffective, and domestic financial markets are highly vulnerable to changes in foreign monetary developments. In this paper, the formulation of a demand function for real cash balances generalizes the traditional demand functions for money which explicitly take into account changes in exchange rates, foreign interest rates, and inflationary expectations. The underlying theoretical model is a general portfolio mode of asset holding which specifies the channels through which the influence of monetary developments abroad are transmitted to the supply and demand for money in a particular country. The demand function for real cash balances derived from this model is estimated using the tile series data for the period 1960-75 for Canada, United States, United Kingdom, and Germany. The results indicate that foreign monetary developments affect demand for money significantly, and considerable misspecification occurs when they are ignored. The results indicate that demand for real cash balances is not, as the traditional theory suggests, inelastic with respect to changes in foreign financial developments, and is fairly stable over the stressful period of 1970-75 when significant international monetary crises came in succession.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0359.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Contributions and Determinants of Research and Development Expenditures in the U.S. Manufacturing Industries</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0360</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadiri</surname>
          <given-names>M. Ishaq</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an attempt to assess the contribution of R&D to growth of output in U.S. manufacturing industries. The important issues to address are: whether the slower growth of R&D expenditures in recent years has been the cause of slowdown in the growth of productivity, and what the factors are in explaining the slower growth of R&D expenditures. After a brief survey of the major issues on this topic, a production function is formulated and estimated using tine series cross-section data for the manufacturing industries. Also, the factors determining the rate of growth of R&D expenditures in the 1958-75 period are identified by formulating a dynamic model of demand for R & D activity. The estimation results indicate that the stock of R & D, as a measure of stock of knowledge, positively and strongly affect growth of output in total manufacturing, total durable, and total nondurable industries. Potential growth of output is affected because of the slowdown of growth of stock of R&D since 1966, but the gross rates of return on stock of R&D have not changed much in the 1966-75 period. Growth of output, changes in relative prices, cyclical fluctuations of the economy, as well as changes in level of employment and capital stocks are the factors affecting R&D expenditures. The effect of government financing of R&D on private decisions regarding R & D expenditures differs among different industries. By and large, the results on this issue are basically inconclusive and require further investigation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0360.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>New Evidence That Fully Anticipated Monetary Changes Influence Real Output After All</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0361</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Robert Barro in his three papers on the topic(AER 1977, JPE 1978, and 1978 conference paper with Mark Rush). A distinction is drawn between the Lucas-Sargent-Wallace (LSW) theory that only unanticipated monetary changes influence real output, and the orthodox view that anticipated monetary changes influence real output in the short run during the interval of adjustment of prices to the monetary change. The LSW proposition requires for its validity a contemporaneous and equiproportionate response of the expected price level to the anticipated level of money or nominal CNP, whereas the orthodox approach requires that price expectations depend at least partly on the past history of prices rather than entirely on the expected level of nominal demand. The results uniformly support the orthodox approach. The Livingston expectations series exhibits a highly significant response to past price changes, and only a slight response to current expectations about nominal GNP or money. The actual inflation rate also depends heavily on past price changes, with an insignificant impact of current expectations of nominal GNP, or money. The equations that relate real output to the deviation of changes of nominal income (both anticipated and unanticipated) from past price changes fit the data significantly better than Barro's approach using current and lagged values of money "surprises." The pure version of the LSW approach relating real output only to current surprises is decisively rejected.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0361.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Family as an Incomplete Annuities Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0362</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kotlikoff</surname>
          <given-names>Laurence J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Spivak</surname>
          <given-names>Avia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A new empirical study of the relation between money, nominal income, prices, and real output in postwar quarterly U.S. data rejects virtually all of the conclusions reached by Families provide individuals with risk sharing opportunities which may not otherwise be available. Within the family there is a degree of trust and a level of information which alleviates three key problems in the provision of insurance by markets open to the general public, namely, moral hazard, adverse selection, and deception. The informational advantages of pooling risk within families must be set against the inability of families to provide complete insurance because of the small size of the risk pooling group. This paper demonstrates how families can provide insurance against uncertain dates of death. Death risk sharing family arrangements effectively constitute an incomplete annuities market. Our analysis indicates that these arrangements even in small families can substitute by more than70% for complete annuities. Given the adverse selection problem and transactions costs in public annuity markets, risk pooling in families may well be preferred to purchasing market annuities. In the absence of organized public markets in annuities, these risk sharing arrangements provide powerful economic incentives for marriage and family formation. The paper suggests that inter-family transfers need have nothing to do with altruistic feelings; rather, they may simply reflect risk sharing behavior of completely selfish family members.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0362.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Can Productive Capacity Differentials Really Explain Earnings Differentials Associated with Demographic Characteristics? Case of Experience</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0363</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Abraham</surname>
          <given-names>Katharine G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study uses computerized personnel microdata on the white male managerial and professional employees at a major U.S. corporation to address the following question: Can the additional earnings which are associated with more labor market experience at a point in time really be explained by higher productivity at the same point in time? Our answer to this question, based on both cross-sectional and longitudinal information, is that performance plays a substantially smaller role in explaining cross-sectional experience-earnings differentials and earnings growth than is claimed by those who have adopted the human capital explanation of the experience-earnings profile. This response depends critically on our assumption that the performance ratings which supervisors give to their white male managerial and professional subordinates adequately reflect the subordinates' relative productivity in the year of assessment; we present a great deal of evidence which strongly supports this assumption.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0363.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Two Faces of Unionism</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0364</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our research demonstrates that the view of unions as organizations whose chief function is to raise wages is seriously misleading. For in addition to raising wages, unions have significant non-wage effects which influence diverse aspects of modern industrial life. By providing workers with a voice both at the workplace and in the political arena, unions can and do affect positively the functioning of the economic and social systems. Although our research on the non-wage effects of trade unions is by no means complete and some results will surely change as more evidence becomes available, enough work has been done to yield the broad outlines of a new view of unionism.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0364.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Why is There A Youth Labor Market Problem?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0365</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines what is known about the causes of the high and increasing levels of youth joblessness and related problems in the youth labor market. Partly because of inconsistencies in reported rates of youth employment across surveys and partly because of problems in measuring key social variables, it is difficult to reach firm conclusions. As far as can be told, much of the relatively high rate of youth joblessness can be attributed to turnover and mobility patterns that are normal in the U.S. economy, but much is also directly related to a dearth of jobs. Demand forces, which have come to be neglected in favor of supply in much popular discussion of youth joblessness, are major determinants of variation in youth employment over time and among areas. For groups facing the most severe joblessness problems, however, the difficulty due to lack of jobs appears to be compounded by problems of employability related to deleterious social patterns. Surprisingly, perhaps, the factors that determine the probability that young persons end up employed or jobless differ substantively from those that determine wages. The paper explains the decline in the earnings of young workers relative to old workers in terms of the increased number of young persons. It speculates that the decline in relative wages may have contributed significantly to the stable ratio of employment to population among young whites. The causes of the downward trend in youth employment for nonwhites -- which constitute one of the major developments of the period -- remain a conundrum.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0365.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Determination of Long-Term Interest Rates: Implications for Monetary and Fiscal Policies</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0366</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The object of this paper is to bring to bear on financial-non financial interactions a richer approach to modeling the determination of long-term interest rates. in a series of previous papers. I have developed an alternative model based explicitly on the truism that any factor affecting long-term bond yields does so by (and only by) influencing some borrower's supply of bonds and/or some lender's demand for bonds. Rather than model the bond yield directly, as in the single-equation term-structure approach, this work instead models the supply of and the demand for bonds ,and determines the bond yield at the level necessary to equate resulting total supply and demand. The specific bond supplies and demands modeled in this work are those in the U .S. market for corporate bonds; this market is the primary source of long-term external lands to finance business fixed investment, and the corporate bond yield is also the long-term interest rate most frequently used in single-equation models of term-structure relationships.  This paper reports the implications of this supply-demand model of long-term interest rate determination for the effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policies, as modeled in all other respects by the MJT-Penn-SSRC (henceforth MPS) econometric model of the United Stares. The new research tool applied in this paper is therefore altered MPS model from which the usual single term-structure equation has been removed and into which a supply-demand model of the bond market has been substituted. The only difference between this altered MPS model and the familiar NIPS model therefore lies in the determination of long-term asset yields and prices. Since these long-term yields and prices are such an important part of the overall bearing of financial market developments on nonfinancial behavior, however, the altered model exhibits interesting implications for fiscal and monetary policies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0366.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Fixed and Flexible Rates: A Renewal of The Debate</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0367</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Artus</surname>
          <given-names>Jacques R.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Young</surname>
          <given-names>John H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper reviews the extent to which a decade of analysis and experience has altered thinking about the choice of an exchange rate system. The advantages of flexible rates are viewed to have been exaggerated. They do not permit governments to have permanently higher rates of economic activity at the expense of higher inflation as some thought. Further, the slow speed of adjustment to relative price changes limits the contribution of flexible rates to external adjustment in the short-run, and the degree of insulation from external influences that they provide. Finally, flexible rates tend to be fluctuating rates, and, although there is little empirical evidence so far showing that the fluctuations have had adverse effects on trade and capital flows, the exchange rate instability more than any other factor has led to a certain disillusionment with the floating rate system. Notwithstanding the drawbacks of flexible rates, there will be a continuing need for exchange rate flexibility over the next few years, and some analysis is given of the problems of achieving greater stability under flexible rates or the requisite amount of flexibility under pegged rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0367.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Tax Treatment of the Family: Married Couples</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0368</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sheshinski</surname>
          <given-names>Eytan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the appropriate tax treatment of the family in a series of analytical models and numerical examples. For a population of taxpaying couples which differ in earning capacity, we derive the optimal tax rates for each potential earner. These rates depend crucially upon own and cross labor supply elasticities and the joint distribution of wage rates. Our results suggest that the current system of income splitting in the United States, under which husbands and wives face equal marginal tax rates, is non-optimal. Using results from recent econometric studies, and allowing for a sensitivity analysis, the optimal tax rates on secondary workers in the family are much lower than those on primary earners. Indeed, our best estimate is that the secondary earner would face tax rates only one-half as high as primary earners.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0368.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Energy Prices, Inflation, and Recession, 1974-1975</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0369</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mork</surname>
          <given-names>Knut Anton</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The energy price shock depressed real output by two percent in 1974 and by five percent in 1975, according to our results. Prices rose by four percent in 1974 and by another two percent in 1975. These conclusions are derived from an aggregate model of the U.S. economy with an explicit role of energy in production. The distinction between expected and unexpected shocks is an important part of the model. We also examine monetary and fiscal policies that might have offset the energy shock.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0369.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Decline in Aggregate Share Values: Inflation, Taxation, Risk and Profitability</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0370</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>With a neutral tax system an increase in observed and anticipated inflation would not be expected to alter either real after-tax yields on bonds and equities or the ratio of the market value of equities to the replacement cost of corporate real capital. In the real world, however, declines in real after-tax bond yields and the relative value of shares have been observed. Feldstein (1976, 1978) has attributed both of these phenonema to the use of historic-cost depreciation, and the taxation of nominal capital gains. Our analysis supports his conjecture regarding the decline in real after-tax debt yields, but rejects his analysis of the cause of the decline in share values. The decline in share values can be attributed to many factors, but the most important is probably the favorable taxation of income from owner-occupied housing (no taxation of either implicit rents nor real capital gains). As a result housing has become more attractive with the acceleration of inflation, and households have substituted housing for equity shares. Other possible sources of the decline in share values are reduced profitability of existing capital, owing to increased regulatory costs and real energy prices, and a greater perceived risk in business operations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0370.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sorting Models of Labor Mobility, Turnover, and Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0371</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Viscusi</surname>
          <given-names>W. Kip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Utilizing a model in which individuals search among lotteries on likely success at different jobs, this paper analyzes both the search decision when unemployed and the implications of the sorting process. The model correctly predicts both the direction and convexity of the age-unemployment relationship and the impact of experience on turnover and wages. Actions taken when unemployed have an important impact on equilibrium turnover rates, unemployment rates, and the work history of the pool of unemployed. The sorting model is used to analyze racial differences in youth unemployment and major empirical features of low income labor markets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0371.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Old Age Security Hypothesis and Population Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0372</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Aging</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In traditional societies it is often argued that parents' desire for old age security in the form of transfers from their children provides an important motive for childbearing. Some doubt has been cast on this "old age security hypothesis" by recent estimates which suggest that the rate of return on investments in children tend to be negative in most developing countries. This paper presents a theoretical model which integrates micro-level decision making about fertility and life cycle consumption into a dynamic macro-level model of overlapping generations in order to investigate the implications of this hypothesis. In this model, observation of a negative rate of return to children and positive population growth in a traditional society may imply (1) that the old age security motive for childbearing is, in fact, very strong; (2) that the rate of population growth is "too high" from a Paretian point of view; and (3) that each individual in current and all future generations could be made better off if the rate of population growth were lower and the level of old age consumption were increased, but that a reduction in population growth alone would reduce welfare. A social security tax and transfer policy could be devised to induce a Pareto optimal rate of population growth and distribution of life cycle consumption only if measures are taken to offset the divergence between the private and social rate of return to children created by the social security scheme.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0372.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation Risk and Capital Market Equilibrium</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0373</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bodie</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the effect of inflation uncertainty on the portfolio behavior of households and the equilibrium structure of capitol market rates. The principal findings regarding portfolio behavior are: (1.) In the presence of inflation uncertainty, households will have an inflation-hedging demand for assets other than riskless nominal bonds, which will be directly proportional to the covariance between the rate of inflation and the nominal rates of return on these other assets. (2.) An asset is a perfect inflation hedge if and only if its nominal return is perfectly correlated with the rate of inflation. The principal findings regarding capital market rates are: (1.) The equilibrium real yield spread between any risky security and riskless nominal bonds is directly proportional to the difference between the covariance of the security's nominal rate of return with the market portfolio and its covariance with the rate of inflation. (2.) As long as the net supply of monetary assets in the economy is greater than zero, an increase in inflation uncertainty will lower the risk premia on all real assets. (3.) A preliminary empirical test of the theory using rates of return on common stocks, long-term bonds, real estate and commodity futures contracts yields mixed results. The risk premia on long-term bonds and futures have the "wrong" signs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0373.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Colonial and Revolutionary Muster Rolls: Some New Evidence on Nutrition and Migration in Early America</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0374</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sokoloff</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Villaflor</surname>
          <given-names>Georgia C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>That investment in human capital has made an important contribution to the increase of labor productivity and per capita income during the last several centuries is widely acknowledged. While much of the research on this issue has focused on education, many scholars have also directed attention to the significance of improvements in nutrition. Until recently, efforts to study this subject have been hampered by a lack of evidence, but it now appears possible to construct indexes of nutrition from height-by-age data. This paper employs a relatively underutilized type of historical document to investigate the level of nutrition in early America. The same material also provides a rich source of information about patterns of migration during this period. This paper finds that native-born Americans approached modern heights by the time of the Revolution. On average, colonial Americans appear to have been 2 to 4 inches taller than Europeans, with southerners considerably taller than northerners and the rural population of greater stature than the urban. These differences may indicate that other factors besides nutrition were important in accounting for the dramatic changes in U.S. mortality rates during the nineteenth century.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0374.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Work and Wages of Single Women: 1870 to 1920</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0375</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goldin</surname>
          <given-names>Claudia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Single women in the U.S. dominated the female labor force from 1870 to 1920. Data on the home life and working conditions of women in 1888 and 1907 enable the estimation of earnings functions. Work in the manufacturing sector for these women was task oriented and payment was frequently by the piece. Earnings rose steeply with experience and peaked early; learning was mainly on-the-job. Sex segregation of employment is seen as a partial product of the method of payment, and the early termination of human capital investment was a function of the life-cycle labor force participation of these women, although the role of the family is also critical.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0375.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Towards A Reconstruction of Keynesian Economics: Expectations and Constrained Equilibria</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0376</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Neary</surname>
          <given-names>J. Peter</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A two-period model of temporary equilibrium with rationing is presented, paying particular attention to agents' expectations of future constraints. it is shown that with arbitrary constraint expectations many different types of current equilibria may be consistent with the same set of (current and expected future) wages and prices, and that constraint expectations tend to be self-fulfilling (e.g., a higher expectation of Keynesian unemployment tomorrow increases the probability that it will prevail today). In addition, rational constraint expectations (i.e., perfect foresight of future constraint levels) are shown to enhance rather than reduce the effectiveness of government policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0376.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rates and Portfolio Balance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0377</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Martin</surname>
          <given-names>John R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Masson</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An open economy portfolio balance model, describing allocation among money, a domestic bond, and a traded foreign currency bond is developed for a world of many countries. A special role is attributed to the dollar, namely that all internationally traded bonds are denominated in that currency. It is shown that in the short run with real variables exogenous and expectations static, stability requires that all countries except the U.S. be net creditors in dollar-denominated bonds. What data are available on inter-country claims suggest that some countries may well be net debtors abroad in foreign currency. In particular, if one excludes direct investment claims, private claims on the rest of the world by Japan and Canada have been negative over the period of floating rates since 1973. However, some preliminary reduced-form regression equations for the dollar exchange rates of these two countries do not support the implications of the portfolio balance model in the debtor case. On the other hand, an equation for a composite of Western European currencies (by our calculations, this group of countries is a net creditor) gives more promising results.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0377.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Turnover and Youth Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0378</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leighton</surname>
          <given-names>Linda S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The main question of concern in this paper is why youth unemployment is high relative to unemployment of adults. The analysis is based largely on longitudinal micro-data in the NLS and MID panels of men, surveyed in the 1966-1976 decade. Since the duration of unemployment increases with age, incidence that is the probability of experiencing unemployment is the main focus of our analysis. The basic finding is that the at first rapid and then decelerating decline with age in the probability of unemployment stems from a similarly shaped relation between the probability of separation (from a job) and working age. The age patterns are, in turn, mainly due to the decline of probabilities as tenure lengthens. Indeed, at given levels of tenure, unemployment incidence does not at all decline with age, except among blacks and in periods of high unemployment. We conclude that the short tenure level of the young is the main reason for the age differential in unemployment. To check this we compare youth with short-tenured groups which are not adversely selected, migrants who were not unemployed before migration and immigrants. The comparison reveals that youth are in the same situation as others with little accumulated tenure. We do note, however, that unemployment declines more slowly for youth than for others, reflecting the gradually increasing commitment to work in the transition from school to work and from parental to own household. Increases in the duration of unemployment with age are ascribed, within a search model framework, to a decline in the probability of finding job vacancies among older movers. The inference of increasing difficulty in job finding is also consistent with observed increases in the probability of unemployment conditional on separation, declines in the quit/layoff ration, and in wage gains from moves as workers age.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0378.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Strategic Theory of Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0379</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kurz</surname>
          <given-names>Mordecai</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A strategic mechanism of price adjustment is introduced to explain inflations in the U.S. during 1909-1974. The mechanism follows from our theory that when the profit rate is above a normal-target rate, competitive forces operate to lower prices while if the profit rate is below the target a correlated strategy among firms operates to generate a rise in prices as a strategy to improve profitability. The notion of "correlated strategy" is adopted from game theory. The mechanism may operate in harmony or against demand and the net effect is what we call the "basic inflation." Contrary to a-priori notions of positive association between inflation rates and profit rates, our theory proposes a critical test of a negative association between these variables. Such a relationship is in fact empirically established. The analysis shows that large and persistent inflationary pressures are generated by low profitability and during 1971-1977 those accounted for some 20%-50% of total inflation. These pressures would be present even if no increase in cost occurs. This suggests that an important cause of the 1970's inflation is the low profit rate in the private sector and any public policy against inflation will fail if it does not aim at the same time to raise the profit rate on private capital.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0379.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Canadian Dollar, 1971-76: An Exploratory Investigation of Short Run Movements</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0380</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freedman</surname>
          <given-names>Charles</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the movement of the Canadian dollar over the 1971-76 period. Although Canadian prices increased substantially more than U.S. prices over this period, there was no tendency for a systematic depreciation of the Canadian dollar. To explain this phenomenon requires the introduction of other factors into the exchange rate equation. Among the variables that proved significant are the Canadian terms of trade, measures of long-term borrowing, the relative cyclical position of Canada and the United States, and the market's errors in forecasting the current account balance. When used together with relative prices, these variables track the movement of the Canadian dollar very satisfactorily over the period.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0380.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inventories, Rational Expectations, and the Business Cycle</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0381</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The simplest macroeconomic models in which markets clear instantaneously, and expectations are rational preclude the existence of "business cycles," that is, of serially correlated deviations of output from trend. This paper studies one of several mechanisms that can be used to make these so-called "new-classical" models produce business cycles; the mechanism is the gradual adjustment of inventory stocks. Two microeconomic models of inventory holdings are formulated. Both imply, first, that current output should be a decreasing function of the stock of inventories and, second, that inventories, once perturbed from equilibrium levels, should adjust only gradually. These two features are then embedded into an otherwise standard macroeconomic model in which markets clear instantaneously and expectations are rational. Two principal conclusions are reached. First, disturbances such as unanticipated changes in money will set in motion serially correlated deviations of output from trend. Second, if desired inventories are sensitive to the real interest rate, then even fully anticipated changes in money can affect real variables.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0381.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Supply vs. Demand Approaches to the Problem of Stagflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0382</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bruno</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We develop a model of aggregate supply and demand in the open economy to explain the important characteristics of international macroeconomic adjustment in the 1970s. Traditional demand-oriented models cannot account for the worldwide phenomenon of rising inflation and unemployment in the mid-70s, or for the failure of most industrialized economies to recover from the deep recession of 1974-75. When aggregate supply is carefully treated, it is found that much of the inflation and sluggish output performance may be attributed to the jump in the real costs of intermediate inputs and the failure of real wages to adjust downward after the input price shock. A simulation model shows that fuel inputs are sufficiently important in production that a large part of the worldwide recession may be attributed to the change in the relative price of oil, since 1973. In an empirical section, it is suggested that countries differ in their response to supply shocks and macro-policies because of differences in key structural relationships, particularly in wage determination.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0382.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Benefits from Owner-Occupied Housing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0383</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hu</surname>
          <given-names>Sheng Cheng</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the effects of inflation on the allocation of resources between residential and nonresidential uses and the productivity of capital in the U.S. We begin by calculating the realized rates of return on homeowner equity and the contributions of fixed-rate mortgages and differences in relative inflation rates to extraordinary earned real returns. The paper then focuses on the implications of the extraordinary real returns on residential capital for stock prices and on the demand for owner-occupied housing. Proposals for achieving efficient allocation of capital between residential and nonresidential uses are also considered.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0383.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Time Series Changes in Youth Joblessness</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0384</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wachter</surname>
          <given-names>Michael L.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kim</surname>
          <given-names>Choongsoo</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study presents a time series analysis of the youth unemployment problem stressing the cohort overcrowding effect, a result of the baby-boom induced imbalance between younger and older workers. Several techniques are used to study the problem. First, reduced form unemployment equations are estimated for the disaggregated youth groups. The results indicate that secular swings in female and white youth unemployment rates do track well with the cohort imbalance hypothesis. However, relative increases in black male unemployment remain unexplained by this model. Second, alternative measures of youth unemployment are developed by treating school enrollment and military service as equivalent to employment. In addition, several employment-to-population ratio measures are explored. Third, equations for employment, unemployment, schooling and a residual category are estimated together. This allows one to analyze flows into and out of the four states with respect to changes in explanatory variables. The results suggest that youth unemployment rates, with the exception of the black male group, peaked in relative terms in the early l970s. A detailed analysis of the declining labor market position of blacks, however, uncovers puzzling results. Although black male unemployment rates are growing, and employment rates are declining, relative wages and school enrollment rates are increasing. In fact, at least half of the decline in black employment ratios can be associated with increasing school enrollment rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0384.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Supply and Aggregate Fluctuations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0385</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Issues of labor supply are at the heart of macroeconomic explanations of the large cyclical fluctuations of output observed in modern economies. This paper starts with a serious empirical examination of the view that the labor market is always in balance-that every observed combination of employment and compensation is a point of intersection of the relevant supply and demand curves. I will call this the "intertemporal substitution" model of fluctuations. According to this model, workers are willing to shift their hours of work from one year to another in response to modest shifts in relative wages. The paper goes on to point out a strong implication of the pure inter- temporal substitution model, namely, the irrelevance of changes in the money supply for the labor supply function. A model where markets clear instantly ought to obey full monetary neutrality. The data refute this implication absolutely unambiguously. The money stock unambiguously shifts the labor supply function. The pure substitution model seems untenable in the light of this evidence. The paper then turns to explanations of the nonneutrality of money in the short run. According to the most carefully worked out line of thought, monetary shocks cause workers to make inappropriate intertemporal shifts in labor supply, because they lack complete information about the source of aggregate shocks and are forced to respond in the same way to real and nominal disturbances. Finally, the paper turns to the view that, in the short run, labor supply is largely irrelevant to the determination of aggregate employment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0385.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Role of Prevailing Prices and Wages in the Efficient Organization of Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0386</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Among the ways a product or labor market might operate is the following: All firms quote the same price or wage. Customers or job-seekers search among sellers until they find one willing to sell them or employ them. They do not need to consider the possibility that another seller or employer might offer a better deal, since all offers are identical, under prevailing prices or wages, the small participants in the market -- customers and workers -- have very limited responsibilities for processing information. By contrast, where markets are equilibrated by conscious search for the best price or wage, the small participants face complex problems of gathering and interpreting information. Adherence to prevailing prices and wages may explain part of the macroeconomic puzzle of price and wage stickiness and the sensitivity of real variables to nominal disturbances.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0386.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Estimation of Labor Supply Over Kinked Budget Constraints: Some New Econometric Methodology</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0387</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Most programs of taxation and income maintenance imply that the tax rate faced by an individual changes at different levels of labor supply. As a result, the individual's budget constraint is kinked which presents problems for the empirical study of labor supply. This paper develops econometric methodology for estimating labor supply in the presence of taxes. Equations for market wage and shadow price are used to describe labor supply choices over a kinked budget constraint This approach makes a distinction between the discrete choice of which segment or corner of the kinked constraint to work on and the selection of the actual number of hours of work along linear segments. A consistent procedure is derived that uses all the tax rates faced by the individual and relies on no more structure than has been used in the previous literature on labor force participation. This procedure summarizes the individual's kinked budget constraint by calculating the expected value of variables that assume different values on the sections of the constraint. Techniques for estimating the model based on a probit analysis of the decision to work above or below certain corners of the budget constraint are presented. Maximum likelihood estimation is also discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0387.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Notes on Optimal Wage Taxation and Uncertainty</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0388</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Eaton</surname>
          <given-names>Jonathan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Most contributions to optimal tax theory have assumed that all prices, including that of leisure, are known with certainty. The purpose of this paper is to analyze optimal taxation when workers have imperfect information about their wages at the time they choose their labor supplies. Both efficiency and redistributive aspects of the problem are considered. The paper begins with a discussion of the positive theory of wage taxation and labor supply under uncertainty. This is followed by a discussion of optimal taxation when individuals are identical, but their wages are stochastic. Finally, the case of simultaneous uncertainty and inequality is discussed. In this part of the paper it is assumed that the government's objective is to maximize a utilitarian social welfare function.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0388.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of Trade and Exchange Rate Projections</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0389</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Halttunen</surname>
          <given-names>Hannu</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Warner</surname>
          <given-names>Dennis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops and applies a model of world trade and exchange rates to analyze dynamic interaction of the current account and exchange rate. The model is designed to concentrate on the determination of trade flows, prices and exchange rates for the OECD member countries but it also covers oil exporting countries, other developing countries and Centrally Planned Economies. The model contains exchange rate equations, based on the asset market approach, for major OECI) countries and adjustable pegging rules for small OECD countries and for non-oil LDOs. These provide the link from asset accumulation through the current account to the exchange rate. With the integration of exchange rate equations into the trade model, it can be used to analyze outcomes of different exchange rate regimes and alternative growth prospects in the OECD area. Simulation results indicate that the model produces a smooth and slow adjustment process for exchange rates and current accounts. They also show that with the higher growth target for an individual country large current account deficits may occur or large changes in real exchange rates are needed to reach the external equilibrium.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0389.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of Trade and Exchange Rate Projections: Equations and Parameters</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0390</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Halttunen</surname>
          <given-names>Hannu</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Warner</surname>
          <given-names>Dennis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper contains a detailed description of a model of trade and exchange rates. A verbal summary of the model may be found in NBER Working Paper #389. The model contains equations for import demands, bilateral trade flows and trade prices for 26 regions and three commodities. A simple exchange rate model used developments in current accounts to model changes in nominal exchange rates. The regions covered are the twenty-three OECD countries and three non-OECD region: LDCs, OPEC, and the centrally planned economies (CPEs). Sector A contains an algebraic description of the model and a glossary of variables and parameters. Section B is a detailed discussion of the equations and the sources of the parameter values.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0390.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Cross Country Effects of Sterilization, Reserve Currencies and Foreign Exchange Information</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0391</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marston</surname>
          <given-names>Richard C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines the international repercussions of national sterilization policies under fixed exchange rates and managed flexibility. The effects of sterilization on the country pursuing the policy are well-known, but the adverse effects on other countries have not been adequately explored. In this study, a stochastic framework is used to analyze the impact of balance of payments disturbances on key financial variables in the domestic and foreign countries. The effects of sterilization are explored under fixed rates, and the combined effects of foreign exchange intervention and sterilization are similarly investigated in a regime of managed flexibility. In either regime, sterilization by the foreign country imposes costs on the domestic country by magnifying the impact of balance of payments disturbances on the domestic financial market. The analysis has important implications for the use of reserve currencies: Countries issuing reserve currencies benefit from the automatic sterilization of their balance of payments surpluses or deficits, while countries using reserve currencies encounter the same cross country effects as with discretionary sterilization.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0391.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0391.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Social Security Disability Program and Labor Force Participation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0392</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leonard</surname>
          <given-names>Jonathan S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In the last twenty years the labor force participation rates of 45 to 54-year-old men have fallen 10.6 percentage points among non-whites and 4.4 percentage points among whites. I find that nearly half of this puzzling decline can be explained by the growth of the Social Security Disability program. By 1975, 6.22% of the prime-age non-white men and 3.57% of the white men were Social Security Disability beneficiaries. Despite the medical screening of applicants, I find in cross-section estimates an elasticity of .35 for beneficiary status with respect to benefit levels. As eligibility requirements have eased and as benefit levels have increased relative to earnings more men have dropped out of the labor force and become Social Security Disability beneficiaries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0392.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Teenage Unemployment: What is the Problem?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0393</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ellwood</surname>
          <given-names>David T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This nontechnical paper was prepared as a background study for the NBER Conference on Youth Joblessness and Employment. Our analysis of data collected in the March 1976 and October 1976 Current Population Surveys leads us to the following conclusions: Unemployment is not a serious problem for the vast majority of teenage boys. Less than 5 percent of teenage boys are out of school, unemployed and looking for full-time work. Many out of school teenagers are neither working nor looking for work and most of these report no desire to work. Virtually all teenagers who are out of work live at hone. Among those who do seek work, unemployment spells tend to be quite short; over half end within one month when these boys find work or stop looking for work. Nevertheless, much of the total amount of unemployment is the result of quite long spells among a small portion of those who experience unemployment during the year. Although nonwhites have considerably higher unemployment rates than whites, the overwhelming majority of the teenage unemployed are white. Approximately half of the difference between the unemployment rates of whites and blacks can be accounted for by demographic and economic differences. There is a small group of teenagers with relatively little schooling for whom unemployment does seen to be a serious and persistent problem. This group suffers most of the teenage unemployment. Although their unemployment rate improves markedly as they move into their twenties, it remains very high relative to the unemp1oynent rate of better educated and more able young men.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0393.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Specific Information, General Information, and Employment Matches Under Uncertainty</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0394</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Viscusi</surname>
          <given-names>W. Kip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Employment matches under uncertainty are typically accompanied by opportunities for information acquisition. Workers can acquire specific information about productivity lotteries at the firm or general information affecting their probabilistic beliefs about work elsewhere. Enterprises can acquire specific information concerning the productivity of a particular worker or general information about different groups of workers in a production process. In all cases, the market equilibrium with flexible wages is efficient. Moreover, there is no opportunity for strategic behavior that would alter this result. Both forms of information are associated with rising earnings profiles over time, hut the steepness is greater in the general case. The negative turnover-wage relation is attributable in part to the lower match termination rate of workers with productive lob histories, who earn higher wages than their less productive counterparts. General information is associated with more termination of employment matches by employers and employees than is specific information. The implications of specific/general information for matching processes in many respects aralle1 the role of that distinction in human capital theory, strengthening the link between matching theories and earlier human capital analyses.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0394.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Adjusting Depreciation in an Inflationary Economy: Indexing versus Acceleration</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0395</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>With the existing "historic cost" method of depreciation, higher inflation rates reduce the real value of future depreciation deductions and therefore raise the real net cost of investment. The calculations in this paper show that this rise in the net cost can be quite substantial at recent inflation rates; e.g., the real net cost of an equipment investment with a 13 year tax life is raised 21 percent by an 8 percent expected inflation rate if the firm uses a 4 percent real discount rate. The effects of inflation on the net cost of investment can be completely eliminated by indexing depreciation. A more accelerated depreciation schedule can also lower the net cost of investment and make that net cost less sensitive to the rate of inflation. The current paper examines a particular acceleration proposal and finds that, for moderate rates of inflation and real discount rates, the acceleration proposal and full indexation are quite similar. For low rates of inflation, high discount rates, or very long-lived investments, the acceleration proposal causes greater reductions in net cost than would result from complete indexing. Conversely, for high rates of inflation, low discount rates, or very short-lived investments, the acceleration method fails to offset the adverse effects of inflation. Since the acceleration and indexation methods have quite similar effects under existing economic conditions, the choice between them requires balancing the administrative simplicity and other possible advantages of acceleration against the automatic protection that indexation offers against the risk of significant changes from the recent inflation rates and discount rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0395.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Family Effects in Youth Employment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0396</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rees</surname>
          <given-names>Albert E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gray</surname>
          <given-names>Wayne B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The authors begin with the hypothesis that parental contacts play a major role in finding jobs for youth. This hypothesis is tested with a model of youth employment that includes characteristics of other family members in addition to a large set of control variables. Particular attention is paid to parental characteristics that might indicate a parent's ability to assist the youth in finding a job, including occupation, industry and education. The effects of such variables are generally not significant and do not support the initial hypothesis. However, the employment probability of a youth is significantly affected by the presence of employed siblings, indicating the presence of some intrafamily effects.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0396.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Duration of Youth Unemployment in West Germany: Some Theoretical Considerations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0397</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Franz</surname>
          <given-names>Wolfgang</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a theoretical model dealing with the duration of youth unemployment in West Germany. Duration can be expressed in terms of the underlying hazard function. After a brief discussion of a reasonable shape of the hazard function a distinction is made with respect to the probabilities of receiving a job offer and accepting it. Determinants of the latter decision are developed using a unified model of consumption, leisure, and job search. Uncertainty and some restrictions such as standard work time and entitlement to unemployment compensation are taken into account. The probability of receiving a job offer depends, among other factors, on the screening process undertaken by the firms .</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0397.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Adolescent Health, Family Background, and Preventive Medical Care</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0398</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the health of white adolescents, focusing particularly on the roles of family background and preventive medical care. This emphasis is motivated in part by our desire to study adolescent health in the context of the nature-nurture controversy. The findings indicate first, that family characteristics (especially mother's schooling) do have a significant impact on adolescent health and second, that preventive care is an important vehicle for this impact in the case of dental health hut not in the ease of physical health measures. Similarly, the greater availability of dentists has a positive impact on dental health, but greater availability of pediatricians does not alter the physical health measures. On the basis of these results we predict that government efforts to improve the dental health of adolescents with policies to lower the cost of dental care or increase the availability of dentists are much more likely to be successful than similar policies directed at improving their physical health.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0398.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Teenage Unemployment: Permanent Scars or Temporary Blemishes?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0399</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ellwood</surname>
          <given-names>David T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the persistence and long-term impacts of early labor force experiences. The paper reports a rise in employment rates for a cohort of young men as they age, but points out that those persons with poor employment records early have comparatively poor records later. In order to asses the extent to which differences in later employment and wages are causally related to these earlier employment experiences, the methodologies of Heckman, Chamberlain, and others are extended to account for Markov type persistence and a straight forward estimation technique results. In addition, a Sims type causality test is used to measure the true impact of work experience on wages. The paper concludes that the effects of a period without work do not end with that spell. A teenager who spends time out of work in one year will probably spend less time working in the next than he would have had he worked the entire year. Furthermore, the lost work experience will be reflected in considerably lower wages. At the same time, the data provide no evidence that early unemployment sets off a vicious cycle of recurrent unemployment. The reduced employment effects die off very quickly. What appears to persist are effects of lost work experience on wages.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0399.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Unionism on Worker Attachment to Firms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0400</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines these important questions using newly available data files on individuals, which contain information on their job tenure and union status, among other things. Section one examines the theoretical reasons for expecting unionism to increase job tenure. Section two develops the "waiting time" statistics and econometrics needed to analyze tenure and its converse, separations. Section three describes the data sets under study and presents the basic econometric analysis of the effect of unionism on tenure and separations. Section four analyzes the routes by which unionism influences the variables. The paper concludes with a brief discussion of the implications of the analysis for understanding the economic effects of unionism.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0400.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rank-Order Tournaments as Optimum Labor Contracts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0401</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Sherwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes compensation schemes which pay according to an individual's ordinal rank in an organization rather than his output level. When workers are risk neutral, it is shown that wages based upon rank induce the same efficient allocation of resources as an incentive reward scheme based on individual output levels. Under some circumstances, risk-averse workers actually prefer to be paid on the basis of rank. In addition, if workers are heterogeneous inability, low-quality workers attempt to contaminate high-quality firms, resulting in adverse selection. However, if ability is known in advance, a competitive handicapping structure exists which allows all workers to compete efficiently in the same organization.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0401.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analysis of Pension Funding Under Erisa</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0402</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bulow</surname>
          <given-names>Jeremy I</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper begins by describing the tax, funding, and insurance aspects of the Pension Reform Act of 1974. Next, the implications of those laws are analyzed from the standpoint of the funding decision of the firm. The tax advantage of early funding appears to be quite small. Because there are insurance and other reasons (related to asymmetries in the pension law) why firms might wish to underfund their plans, there is no good reason to expect all firms to fund to the limit. The final section discusses the magnitude of the firms' unfunded pension liability, properly defined. This debt is shown to be quite small. A major reason for this is the substantial increase in long- term nominal interest rates, which have decreased the present value of accrued benefits and, equally, unfunded pension obligations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0402.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Tax Rules, and the Stock Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0403</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper shows how the interaction of tax rules and expected inflation can decrease substantially the share price per dollar of pretax earnings. The current analysis extends my earlier study [Feldstein (1978)] by recognizing corporate debt, retained earnings, and the role of diverse shareholder investments. As before, the analysis separates household and institutional investors.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0403.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Investment Tax Credit: An Evaluation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0404</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Since1954, the United States government has made numerous adjustments in the tax treatment of corporate income with the aim of influencing the level and composition of fixed business investment. The effects of these reforms, principally changes in the investment tax credit, are evaluated using a macro-econometric model. We find little evidence that the investment tax credit is an effective fiscal policy tool. Changes in the credit have tended to destabilize the economy, and have yielded much less stimulus per dollar of revenue loss than has previously been assumed. The crowding out of "non-favored" investment has been sufficient to offset a large percentage of the increase in the stock of equipment resulting from the use of the credit. We are led to conclude that the reliance on the investment tax credit and other investment tax incentives should be reduced. If a credit is to be maintained, it is of the utmost importance that its effect on all sectors of the economy be considered. We analyze several possible neutrality criteria, but conclude that no simple rule can guide the optimal structuring of incentives.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0404.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inequality Within and Between Families</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0405</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sheshinski</surname>
          <given-names>Eytan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Children</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Between-family differences in expenditures and output reflect the effect of simultaneous increases in children's ability on the willingness of parents to transfer resources to them. Within-family differences also reflect the attitudes of parents toward disparity among children. In this paper we characterize the conditions on parents' preferences that determine whether between-family differences exceed within-family differences. For an additive utility, within-family differences in expenditures always exceed between-family differences. This may also be true for the maximum utility function if an increase in ability reduces the marginal utility of income. Within-family differences in output (utility or income) can also exceed between-family differences. In this case, the implication for income distribution is that equality is enhanced by a higher correlation of ability between brothers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0405.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Adjustment with Wage Rigidity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0406</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Branson</surname>
          <given-names>William H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rotemberg</surname>
          <given-names>Julio J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Two of the puzzling macroeconomic phenomena of the 1970s have been the persistent stagnation in Europe, and the disagreement between the U.S. and Europe on the feasibility of recovery by demand expansion. This paper develops the hypothesis that the source of both the stagnation and the policy differences is money-wage stickiness in the U.S. and real-wage stickiness in Europe and Japan. A real wage which is sticky above its equilibrium level in Europe and Japan would account for stagnation and infeasibility of recovery by demand expansion. The theoretical models are developed in both the one-commodity and two-commodity-bundle cases. The empirical results confirm that in the U.S. the nominal wage adjusts slowly toward equilibrium, while in Germany, Italy, Japan, and the U.K. the real wage adjusts slowly.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0406.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Dynamic Adjustment and the Demand for International Reserves</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0407</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bilson</surname>
          <given-names>John F. O.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Although there have been a large number of empirical studies of the demand for international reserves, there have not been many successful demonstrations that deviations of the actual stock of reserves from the target level defined by the demand function trigger a process of adjustment. This paper presents new evidence which suggests that central banks do have a target level of international reserve holdings, and that the adjustment of actual reserves towards the target level is quite rapid. In addition, an economic theory of the speed of adjustment is presented and tested. The evidence suggests that central banks adjust more rapidly to reserve deficiencies than to surpluses, that the speed of adjustment is positively related to the divergence between the actual level of reserves and the target level, and that countries which hold abnormally large quantities of reserves do so, in part, in order to adjust more slowly. Finally, the paper examines the applicability of the model to the current regime of managed flexible exchange rates. The evidence suggests that the move towards greater exchange rate flexibility has not significantly altered the reserve holding behavior of the world's central banks.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0407.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Energy Efficiency, User Cost Changes, and the Measurement of Durable Goods Prices</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0408</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops the theory of price measurement when quality change is "nonproportional", yielding increases in the user value of a given product in a different proportion than the increase in production cost associated with the quality improvement. The theoretical section demonstrates that "nonproportional" quality change is treated consistently by properly defined input and output price indexes; that both types of indexes should he based on quality adjustments that use the criterion of user value rather than production cost; and that if improvements in  energy efficiency are embodied in a good by its manufacturer, the prices of new models should be adjusted for the user value of these cost savings. The proposed approach is applied in a case study of the commercial aircraft industry. In contrast to the official price index for aircraft that rises at a 2.5 percent annual rate between 1957 and 1972,a new index is developed that declines at a 7.1 percent annual rate over the same period. The new index implies that output and productivity in the aircraft industry grew much faster than previously believed between 1957 and1972,while total factor productivity in the airline industry grew much less rapidly. The proposed quality adjustments for individual aircraft types are corroborated by price ratios observed in the used aircraft market.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0408.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and the Stock Market Valuation of Capital Gains and Dividends: Theory and Empirical Results (Rev)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0409</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Roger H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bradford</surname>
          <given-names>David F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Dividends seem to be more heavily taxed than capital gains. Why then do corporations pay dividends rather than repurchasing shares or retaining earnings? Either corporations are not acting in the interests of shareholders, or else shareholders desire dividends sufficiently for nontax reasons to offset the tax effect. In this paper, we measure the relative valuation of dividends and capital gains in the stock market, using a variant of the capital asset pricing model. We find that dividends are not valued differently systematically from capital gains. This finding is consistent with share price maximization by firms but inconsistent with the fact that most shareholders pay a heavier tax on dividends. We also show that the relative value of dividends provides an indirect measure of a marginal Tobin's q. The measured value of dividends relative to capital gains tends to be higher during prosperous periods, as is consistent with this interpretation. We hope that this time series on a marginal Tobin's q will prove to be useful in forecasting the rate of investment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0409.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Forecasting Interest Rates: An Efficient Markets Perspective</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0410</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pesando</surname>
          <given-names>James</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reviews, from an applied forecasting perspective, the properties of short- and long-term interest rates in an efficient market. The paper emphasizes that efficient markets do not preclude economic agents from successfully forecasting movements in short-term interest rates. For brief forecast intervals, however, ex ante changes in long-term rates are sufficiently close to zero that economic agents are not likely to improve upon the no-change prediction of the martingale model. Economic agents, in effect, are not likely to succeed in forecasting short-term movements in long-term interest rates. An analysis of three sets of Canadian interest rate forecasts provides results which are consistent with the theoretical discussion, Further, these results parallel those obtained in recent studies of recorded forecasts in the United States, although the authors of these latter studies apparently failed to appreciate the nature of their findings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0410.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>What is Labor Supply and Do Taxes Affect It?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0411</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The issue of tax-induced changes in labor supply behavior has been receiving increasing attention. Economic theory alone can say little about the impact of income taxation on labor supply because of the well- known conflict between income and substitution effects. Therefore, an enormous amount of effort has been devoted to empirical investigation of this problem, with a focus on the impact of taxes on hours of work and labor force participation rates. In Section I of this paper, I briefly discuss this literature and its major conclusions. It has been long understood, however, that the concept "labor supply" is more general than "hours of work." If one individual is healthier, better educated, and more highly motivated than another, then presumably a given number of hours of work will lead to a greater effective labor supply for the former than for the latter. Thus, studies of the effect of taxes on other dimensions of labor supply are needed in order to assess the full impact of taxes on work incentives. The main purpose of this paper is to discuss some of this research (Section II) and to explore its policy implications (Section III).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0411.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Roles of Monetary, Financial and Fiscal Policy with Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0412</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The setup of the paper is as follows: Section I presents a fairly standard, small deterministic macromodel with a number of classical features. All markets clear instantaneously, there is no money illusion, and perfect foresight rules. The effects of monetary, financial, and fiscal policies in this model are analyzed. A number of nonneutrality propositions are stated. The drawback of this model is that it is ad hoc in the sense that private behavioral relationships have not been derived from explicit optimizing behavior. Section II, therefore, summarizes the results of some studies on debt neutrality and monetary superneutrality in a "fully rational" overlapping generations model. This leads to the conclusion that the ad hoc model of Section I is not a bad parable for such fully rational models. Section III abandons the assumption of universal instantaneous Wairasian equilibrium and considers the consequences of price and wage stickiness for the scope for stabilization policy; stochastic models are analyzed here, which also permits the consideration of some of the interesting issues associated with incomplete information.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0412.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Why Do Companies Pay Dividends?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0413</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a simple model of market equilibrium to explain why firms that maximize the value of their shares pay dividends even though the funds could instead be retained and subsequently distributed to shareholders in a way that would allow them to be taxed more favorably as capital gains. The two principal ingredients of our explanation are:(1) the conflicting preferences of shareholders in different tax brackets and (2) the shareholders' desire for portfolio diversification, we show that companies will pay a positive fraction of earnings in dividends. We also provide some comparative static analysis of dividend behavior with respect to tax parameters and to the conditions determining the riskiness of the securities.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0413.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Multicountry Econometric Model (Revised)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0414</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fair</surname>
          <given-names>Ray C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A multi-country econometric model is presented in this paper. The theoretical basis of the model is discussed in Fair (l979a), and the present paper is an empirical extension of this work. The model is quarterly and contains estimated equations for 44 countries. Most of the equations have been estimated by two stage least squares. The basic estimation period is 19581-19801 (89 observations). For equations that are relevant only when exchange rates are flexible, the basic estimation period is 1972II-19801 (32 observations). The trade matrix contains data for 64 countries. The U.S. part of the model is the model described in Fair (1976, 1980b). The model differs from previous models in a number of ways.(1) Linkages among countries with respect to exchange rates, interest rates, and prices appear to be more important in the model than they are in previous models. (2) There is no natural distinction in the model between stock-market and flow-market determination of the exchange rate.(3) The number of countries is larger than usual, and the data are all quarterly. (4) I alone have estimated small models for each country and then linked them together, rather than, as Project LINK has done, take models developed by others and link them together. The advantage of this approach is that the person constructing the individual models knows from the beginning that they are to be linked together, and this may lead to better specification of the linkages. The paper contains (1) a review of the theoretical basis of the model, (2) a description of the econometric model, including presentation and discussion of all the estimated equations, (3) a comparison of the predictive accuracy of the model to that of a fourth order autoregressive model, and (4) a brief discussion of the properties of the model. A much more detailed examination of the properties of the model is presented in Fair (1981).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0414.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Impact of the Market and the Family on Youth Employment and Labor Supply</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0415</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gustman</surname>
          <given-names>Alan L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Steinmeier</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the school enrollment and labor supply decisions of teenagers and young adults as jointly deter-mined outcomes. The empirical results are based on an application of discrete multivariate analysis to a sample taken from the Survey of Income and Education. Higher relative wage offers are found to reduce the probability of a youth enrolling in school and to increase labor supply. However, the estimated impacts are very sensitive to adjustments made for the possibility that wage rate offers by firms are higher for full-time than for part-timework. Job availability, as measured by the local youth unemployment rate, has its strongest effect on the probability of enrollment and full-time labor force participation for nonwhite males, accounting, in the extreme, for a difference in this probability of almost 50 percent. Since a wage measure is included as an independent variable, we can be sure that the job availability measure is not acting as a surrogate for an absent wage variable, but instead has an impact of its own. Specific findings on the influence of various family and market characteristics are compared to those from earlier studies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0415.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Economic Analysis of the Diet, Growth, and Health of Young Children in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0416</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chernichovsky</surname>
          <given-names>Dov</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coate</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to investigate the extent to which family income and education are obstacles to the provision of adequate diets for young children in the United States. An examination of the Health and Nutrition Examination Survey reveals the following:  1. Average nutrient intakes of young children are well above recommended dietary standards, with the exception of iron.  2. Average nutrient intakes for children in households of lower economic status are very similar to intakes of children in households of higher economic status. Rates of children's growth are also similar in these households.  3. Family income and education of the household head have statistically significant but very small positive effects on the nutrient intake levels of young children.  4. There are substantial effects of protein intakes on children's height and head growth, even though protein is consumed in excess of dietary standards. This finding and the apparent correlation between children's growth and their intellectual development brings to question the adequacy of present protein standards. Could American mothers, who provide very high protein diets for their children in households at all levels of socioeconomic status know more about what constitutes an adequate diet for their children than the experts do?</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0416.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Preventive Care, Care for Children and National Health Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0417</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ghez</surname>
          <given-names>Gilbert R.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to examine issues related to the coverage of preventive care under national health insurance. Four specific kinds of medical care services are included under the rubric of preventive care: prenatal care; pediatric care, dental care, and preventive physicians' services for adults. We consider whether preventive care should be covered under national health insurance, and if so what is the nature of the optimal plan. Our review of the literature on the effects of medical care on health outcomes suggests that prenatal care and dental care are effective, but pediatric care (except for immunizations) and preventive doctor care for adults are not. Moreover, health outcomes in which care is effective correspond to outcomes in which income-differences in health are observed. These empirical results and the theory of health as the source of consumption externalities indicate that the optimal NHI plan should be characterized by benefits that fall as income rises. In addition, the plan should be selective rather than general with respect to the types of services covered.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0417.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Policy and the 1979 Supply Shock</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0418</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The most striking aspects of recent U.S. wage and price behavior are the small year-to-year variations in the rate of change of wages, the modest 1977-79 acceleration in the rate of change of both wages and the consumption deflator net of food and energy, and an unprecedented gap between the inflation rates recorded by the CPI and personal consumption deflator. A small and simple econometric model is used to forecast the consequences of various policies for the future growth of the monetary base. No policy will be able to prevent an acceleration in the growth rate of the personal consumption deflator net of food and energy from its recent 7 percent track to 8 percent or above in the first half of 1980. The gross personal consumption deflator will climb even faster, with the difference depending on the behavior of oil and food prices. Thereafter, the effect of slack labor markets will begin to allow inflation net of food and energy to decelerate substantially. A 6 percent rule for the monetary base is too conservative and causes the unemployment rate to rise to 8.5 percent in 1982. An 8 percent rule for the base is preferable, allows the unemployment rate to begin to fall after late 1981, and still achieves a deceleration of inflation net of food and energy from 8 percent in mid-1980 to 6 percent in 1983. Thereafter, the growth of the base should be slowed down to keep the economy from overshooting again.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0418.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Public Policy Toward Life Saving: Maximize Lives Saved vs. Consumer Sovereignty</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0419</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gould</surname>
          <given-names>William</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Thaler</surname>
          <given-names>Richard H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is a theoretical analysis of individual and societal demands for life saving. We begin by demonstrating that the allocation of health expenditures to maximize lives saved may be inconsistent with the willingness-to-pay criterion and consumer sovereignty. We further investigate the effects of information on aggregate willingness to pay. This discussion is related to the concepts of statistical and identified lives. Methods of financing health expenditures are considered. We show that risk averse individuals may reject actuarially fair insurance for treatments of fatal diseases even if they plan to pay for the treatment if they get sick. This result has implications regarding the choice of treatment or prevention. Finally, we examine the importance of the timing of life-saving decisions. A conflict arises between society's preferences before it is known who will be sick and after, even if it is known in advance how many people will be sick.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0419.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Strict Liability versus Negligence in a Market Setting</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0420</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Polinsky</surname>
          <given-names>A. Mitchell</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper formally analyzes strict liability and negligence in a market setting. The discussion emphasizes the impact of the rules on the market price and on the number of firms in the industry. For simplicity, the damage caused by each firm is assumed to be determined only by that firm's "care" (and not also by the firm's output or the victim's behavior).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0420.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Empirical Model of Labor Supply in a Life Cycle Setting</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0421</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>MaCurdy</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper formulates and estimates a structural life cycle model of labor supply. Using theoretical characterizations derived from an economic model of life cycle behavior, a two-stage empirical analysis yields estimates of intertemporal and uncompensated substitution effects which provides the information needed to predict the response of hours of work to life cycle wage growth and shifts in the lifetime wage path. The empirical model developed here provides a natural framework for interpreting estimates found in other work on this topic. It also indicates how cross section specifications of hours of work can be modified to estimate parameters relevant for describing labor supply behavior in a lifetime setting.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0421.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Rules and the Mismanagement of Monetary Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0422</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper emphasizes the importance of the interaction between tax rules and the management of monetary policy. The monetary authorities' failure to recognize the implications of the tax structure has caused them to underestimate just how expansionary monetary policy has been. Moreover, because of our fiscal structure, attempts to encourage investment by an easy-money policy have actually had an adverse impact on investment in plant and equipment. The paper discusses the desirability of substituting a policy of tight-money and positive fiscal incentives for the traditional goals of easy money and fiscal restraint. More generally, the paper stresses the significance of the fiscal structure as a determinant of macroeconomic equilibrium.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0422.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sectoral Productivity Slowdown</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0423</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadiri</surname>
          <given-names>M. Ishaq</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper an attempt is made to answer two questions:1) What set of factors explains the recent slowdown of the U.S. aggregate labor productivity, and 2) whether the same set of forces account for the slowdown of sectoral productivity growth as well. We specify a model which relates measured labor productivity growth to capital/labor ratio, level and rate of change of utilization, stock of R & D, and the rate of disembodied technical change. The model is estimated using sectoral and aggregate data for the period 1949-1978.The results of the estimation suggest that the pattern of aggregate productivity growth can be explained by the growth of capital/labor ratio the gap between potential and actual output growth paths, the change in degree of utilization, the growth of stock of total R & D, and the time trend. In fact, both at the aggregate and sectoral levels, these factors account fairly well, first for the growth and then for the subsequent slowdown of labor productivity in the postwar period. To be sure, in some specific industries, the performance of the model could be improved. However, the overall conclusion reached is that the slowdown in growth of capital formation, the inability of the economy and various sectors to grow at their normal growth rates, and the slowdown in rate of technological change are some of the main reasons for the observed productivity slowdown of the recent years.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0423.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Risk Shifting, Unemployment Insurance, and Layoffs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0424</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Herschel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops an analysis of labor markets in which the use of layoffs to effect employment separations does not imply that markets fail to clear or that the amount of employment is suboptimal relative to current perceptions. This analysis focuses on the interaction between contractual arrangements for shifting risk from workers to employers and tax-financed unemployment insurance. The key element in the analysis is that unemployment insurance is more attractive than risk shifting as a way for workers to obtain income during unemployment. The paper also analyses the effects of risk shifting and unemployment insurance on the magnitude of employment fluctuations. The analysis implies that, given the existence of unemployment insurance, the existence of risk-shifting arrangements makes employment less variable.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0424.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Planning and Market Structure</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0425</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Carlton</surname>
          <given-names>Dennis W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines a model in which demand is uncertain and production must occur before demand is known for sure. By investing resources in information gathering activity, demand can be forecast. The paper investigates the relationship between the incentive to plan and market structure and conduct. Competition leads to too little planning, while monopoly leads to too high a price relative to the social optimum. A dominant firm with a competitive fringe turns out to be better. than either pure competition or monopoly. One interesting result is that the optimal production strategy of the dominant firm is to produce even when price is below marginal cost. Although such a production policy resembles that associated with "predatory pricing" (a practice which is thought to be socially undesirable), society would be harmed by prohibition of such a policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0425.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Term Structure of the Forward Premium</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0426</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hakkio</surname>
          <given-names>Craig</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Most studies of the efficiency of the foreign exchange market focus on a single maturity  -- usually a one month exchange rate. However, one observes that forward contracts of many maturities are simultaneously traded in the foreign exchange market. The hypothesis that the foreign. exchange market uses all available information has implications for the joint behavior of forward exchange rates of various maturities. This paper theoretically and empirically examines these implications. The paper proposes an equilibrium theory of the term structure of the forward premium. By combining the theory of the term structure of (domestic and foreign)interest rates with the hypothesis of interest rate parity, a simple expression relating the six month forward premium to a geometric average of expected future one month forward premiums can be developed. By assuming that the one and six month forward premiums can be expressed as a bivariate stochastic process, one can derive an expression for the expected one month forward premium. The theory will then impose highly non-linear cross equation restrictions on the parameters of the model. Two methods of testing the validity of the restrictions are presented. The results indicate that the data are consistent with the theory for Germany and inconsistent with the theory for Canada.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0426.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The "End-of-Expansion" Phenomenon in Short-run Productivity Behavior</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0427</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper makes no contribution to an understanding of the secular slowdown in productivity, except to add a new cyclical correction of the long-run trend. Its main objective is to examine the short-run behavior of aggregate labor productivity in isolation. In addition to the phenomenon of short-run "increasing returns to labor" identified in previous studies, it isolates an often overlooked but consistent tendency for productivity to perform poorly in the last stages of a business expansion. In 1956, 1960, 1969,1973, and now again in 1979, a productivity shortfall has developed, with absolute declines in the level of productivity occurring in every episode except the first, and in every episode before 1979 the shortfall has subsequently been made up. The paper is more successful in identifying this "end-of-expansion" phenomenon than in explaining it; the results suggest that firms tend consistently to hire more workers in the last stages of a business expansion than is justified by the level of output.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0427.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Savings and Taxation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0428</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In section 1.2 we shall examine the optimal taxation of capital and labor incomes in a simple growth model and derive formulae for the optimal tax rates. These are used in section 1.3 to evaluate claims that abolishing capital income taxes would lead to large welfare gains. Inflation is introduced in section 1.4, and alternative approaches to modeling savings behavior are discussed in section 1.5. Finally, we shall look briefly at some of the empirical evidence on the effects of taxes on savings. Our analysis will be highly simplified. We shall ignore many of the issues stressed by the Meade Committee, such as the complex interaction between personal and corporate taxation, the sheer diversity of tax rates currently imposed on different forms of saving, and the portfolio aspects of personal saving. The relationship between expenditure on durables and saving and the effect of social security on consumption will also be left to one side, and we shall say little about the production side of the economy. (For surveys of the effects of taxes on investment, see Helliwell, 1976; King, 1977; and von Furstenberg and Malkiel, 1977.) Despite these omissions the model captures the essential features necessary to an evaluation of the efficiency arguments.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0428.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rates, Money and Relative Prices: The Dollar-Pound in the 1920's</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0429</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clements</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper applies the analytical framework of the monetary approach to exchange rate determination to the analysis of the Dollar/Pound exchange rate during the first part of the 1920's. The analysis uses monthly data up to the return of Britain to gold in 1925. The equilibrium exchange rate is shown to be influenced by both real and monetary factors which operate through their influence on the relative demands and supplies of monies. Special attention is given to examination of the relationship between exchange rates and the relative price of traded to non-traded goods. In the empirical work the prices of traded goods are proxied by the wholesale price indices and the prices of non-traded are proxied by wages. One of the key findings of the paper is the estimate of the elasticity of the exchange rate with respect to the relative price of traded to non-traded goods. This elasticity is estimated with high precision and is shown to be .415 which provides an independent measure of the relative share of spending on non-traded goods. This estimate is consistent with other estimates obtained in studies of expenditure shares. The paper concluded with a dynamic simulation which indicates the satisfactory quality of the predictive ability of the model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0429.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Comparison of Interwar and Postwar Business Cycles: Monetarism Reconsidered</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0430</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sims</surname>
          <given-names>Christopher A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>When monthly data on production, prices, and the money stock are interpreted, via a vector autoregression, as generated by dynamic responses to "surprises" in each of the variables, a remarkable similarity in dynamics between interwar and postwar business cycles emerges, though the size of the "surprises" is much larger in the interwar period. Furthermore, the money stock emerges as firmly causally prior, in Granger's sense, in both periods and accounts for a substantial fraction of variance in production in both periods. When a short interest rate is added to the vector autoregression, the remarkable similarity in dynamics between periods persists, but the central role of the money stock surprises evaporates for the postwar period. While there are potential monetarist explanations for such an observation, none of them seem to fit comfortably the estimated dynamics. A non-monetarist explanation of the dynamics, based on the role of expectations in investment behavior, seems to fit the estimated dynamics better. That this explanation, which is consistent with a passive role for money, could account for so much of the observed postwar relation between money stock and income may raise doubts about the monetarist interpretation even of the interwar data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0430.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Money and the Dispersion of Relative Prices</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0431</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hercowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A price dispersion equation is tested with data from the German hyper-inflation. The equation is derived from a version of Lucas' (1973) and Barro's (1976) partial information-localized market models. In this extension, different excess demand elasticities across commodities imply a testable dispersion equation, in which the explanatory variable is the magnitude of the unperceived money growth. The testing of this hypothesis requires two preliminary steps. First, a price dispersion series is computed using an interesting set of data. It consists of monthly average wholesale prices of 68 commodities ranging from foods to metals, for the period of January, 1921 to July, 1923. The next step is the delicate one of measuring unperceived money growth. This estimation implies the postulation of an available information set and also a function relating the variables in this set to money creation. The function used was based on considerations related to government demand for revenue. The model receives support from the empirical analysis although it is evident that unincluded variables have important effects on price dispersion.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0431.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Output Effects of Government Purchases</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0432</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Because of a small direct negative effect on private spending, temporary variations in government purchases as in wartime, would have a strong positive effect on aggregate demand. Intertemporal substitution effects would direct work and production toward these periods where output was valued unusually highly. Defense purchases are divided empirically into "permanent" and "temporary" components by considering the role of (temporary) wars. Shifts in non-defense purchases are mostly permanent. Empirical results verify a strong expansionary effect on output of temporary purchases, but contradict some more specific expectational propositions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0432.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Money and Price Dispersion in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0433</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hercowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reports an empirical test of a price dispersion equation, using data on the U.S. after World War II. The equation, derived elsewhere from aversion of the partial information-localized market models, relates price dispersion to the magnitude of changes in the aggregate disturbances. In order to test the model a series on price dispersion is computed using annual wholesale price indexes for the period 1948-76. The data on money shocks are the unanticipated money growth series estimated by Barro. The tests also include a measure of aggregate-real disturbances. From the theoretical point of view the results are negative. They reject the hypothesis that unexpected money shocks, as measured by Barro, affect price dispersion in the way predicted by the model. In a previous paper, a similar model was tested with data from the German hyperinflation and found supported to a considerable extent. The difference in the results may be related to the extreme magnitude of the monetary disturbances during that period, and to the apparently important effect of unincluded relative disturbances in the United States.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0433.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>R&amp;D and the Productivity Slowdown</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0434</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Griliches</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The question I shall address in this pa-per is: Can the slowdown in productivity growth be explained, wholly or in part, by the recent slowdown in the growth of real R&D expenditures? But first we have to review the following questions: I) What is to be explained? Which productivity and what slowdown? 2) What is the mechanism by which R&D could have contributed to this slowdown? 3) What did happen to R&D in the relevant period? Besides traversing this somewhat familiar ground and reviewing some of the recent literature on this topic, I shall also report on some estimates of my own. The direct answer to the opening question is "probably not." But how we get there needs documenting and may prove instructive on its own merits.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0434.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Government Deficits and Aggregate Demand</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0435</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The evidence presented in this paper indicates that changes in government spending, transfers and taxes can have substantial effects on aggregate demand. The estimates also indicate that the promise of future social security benefits significantly reduces private saving. Each of the basic implications of the so-called "Ricardian equivalence theorem" is contradicted by the data. The results are consistent with the more general view of the effects of fiscal actions and fiscal expectations that is described in the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0435.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Taxation of Exhaustible Resources</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0436</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dasgupta</surname>
          <given-names>Partha</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heal</surname>
          <given-names>Geoffrey</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the effect of taxation on the intertemporal allocation of an exhaustible resource. A general framework within which a large variety of taxes can be analyzed is developed and then applied to a number of specific taxes. It is shown that there exists a pattern of taxation which can generate essentially any desired pattern of resource usage. Many tax policies, however, have effects which are markedly different both from the effects that these policies would have in the case of produced commodities-and from those which they are designed (or widely thought) to have. For instance, if extraction costs are zero, a depletion allowance at a constant rate (widely thought to encourage the extraction of resources) has absolutely no effect; its gradual removal (usually thought to be preferable to a sudden removal) leads to faster rates of depletion (and lower prices) now, but higher prices in the future; which its sudden and unanticipated removal has absolutely no distortionary effect on the pattern of extraction. More generally, it is shown that the effects of tax structure on the patterns of extraction are critically dependent on expectations concerning future taxation. (The changes in tax structure which have occurred in the past fifty years are of the kind that, if they were anticipated, (or if similar further changes are expected to occur in the future) lead to excessively fast exploitation of natural resources. However, if it is believed that current tax policies (including rates) will persist indefinitely, the current tax structure would lead to excessive conservationism. Thus, whether in fact current tax policies have lead to excessive conservationism is a moot question.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0436.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0436.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The International Economy as a Source of and Restraint on United States Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0437</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The balance of payments, changes in our terms of trade, and other foreign influences are widely believed to be a major, if not the dominant, cause of U.S. inflation. This is possible only if the international economy has caused a significant increase in the growth rate of the nominal quantity of money sup-plied, a significant decrease in the growth rate of the real quantity of money demanded, or both. Unlike non reserve countries maintaining pegged exchange rates, the balance of payments need not influence the growth rate of the nominal quantity of money supplied by the Federal Reserve System. The Fed's reaction function is estimated and no effects of the (scaled) balance-of-payments can be detected. Noris found any other channel by which the international economy has affected the growth rate of the nominal money supply. Changes in the terms of trade will cause some transitory self-reversing effects on real income, real money demand, and the price level and also some permanent shifts in these variables. Because the permanent shifts in the level are nonrecurring, they average out when we examine the average growth rate over substantial periods. Indeed for four year averages, all autonomous variability (domestic and foreign) contributes negligibly (standard error of O.4 percent per annum) to variations in average inflation. Thus, except possibly a supporting role in the short run, international economy has contributed negligibly to U.S. inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0437.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Exploration into the Determinants of Research Intensity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0438</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schankerman</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper explores the economic factors which determine the variation of research effort across firms. The intra-industry coefficient of variation of research intensity is much larger than those of traditional factors. We show that this important fact is consistent with the theoretical argument that knowledge possesses unique economic characteristics, and that the demand for research depends both on the parameters of the production function for knowledge and on the ability of the firm to appropriate the benefits from the knowledge it produces. We propose and implement a framework for decomposing the observed intra-industry variance In research intensity into three components: demand inducement, a firm-specific structural parameter, and errors in the observed variables. The main empirical findings are that errors in the variables (especially research) are important, that very little of the structural variance in research intensity is accounted for by demand inducement, and that the bulk of the variance is related to differences in the firm-specific parameter. Both the theoretical and empirical analysis indicate that it is not reasonable to treat the demand for research in a manner analogous to the demand for traditional inputs, including capital. Substantially richer models are required to provide insight into the structure of incentives driving the demand for research.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0438.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Expectations and the Forward Exchange Rate</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0439</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hakkio</surname>
          <given-names>Craig</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides an empirical examination of the hypothesis that the forward exchange rate provides an "optimal" forecast of the future spot ex-change rate, for five currencies relative to the dollar. This hypothesis provides a convenient norm for examining the erratic behavior of exchange rates; this erratic behavior represents an efficient market that is quickly incorporating new information into the current exchange rate. This hypothesis is analyzed using two distinct, but related, approaches. The first approach is based on a regression of spot rates on lagged forward rates. When using weekly data and a one month forward exchange rate, ordinary least squares regression analysis of market efficiency is incorrect. Econometric methods are proposed which allow for consistent (though not fully efficient) estimation of the parameters and their standard errors. This paper also presents a new approach for testing exchange market efficiency. This approach is based on a general time series process generating the spot and forward exchange rate. The hypothesis of efficiency implies a set of cross-equation restrictions imposed on the parameters of the time series model. This paper derives these restrictions, proposes a maximum likelihood method of estimating the constrained likelihood function, estimates the model and tests the validity of the restrictions with a likelihood ration statistic.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0439.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage Expectations in the Labor Market: Survey Evidence on Rationality</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0440</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leonard</surname>
          <given-names>Jonathan S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Using a new set of directly observed wage expectations among firms, this paper finds that in general firms' forecasts fail the unbiasedness and efficiency requirements of weak-form rational expectations. These market participants consistently underestimate the wages they actually end up paying, and their expectations do not efficiently utilize the information in past realizations. The mean absolute forecast error of two percent compares with an error of only five percent if static expectations were held. The major source of wage fore-cast error seems to be errors in predicting demand, rather than in predicting supply or the general price level. Wage forecast errors are positively correlated across fields with distinct supply patterns, and are positively correlated with quantity forecast error. The properties of stochastically weighted expectations and the effectiveness of the wage and price controls of the early 1970's are also discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0440.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Effect of Minimum Wages on Human Capital Formation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0441</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leighton</surname>
          <given-names>Linda S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The hypothesis that minimum wages tend to discourage on the job training is largely supported by our empirical analysis. Direct effects on reported job training and corollary effects on wage growth as estimated in microdata of the National Longitudinal Samples (NLS) and Michigan Income Dynamics (MID) are consistently negative and stronger at lower education levels. Apart from a single exception, no effects are observable among the higher wage group whose education exceeds high school. The effects on job turnover are: a decrease in turnover among young NLS whites, but an increase among young NLS blacks and MID whites. Whether these apparently conflicting findings on turnover reflect a distinction between short and long run adjustments in jobs is a question that requires further testing.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0441.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Purchasing-Power Annuities: Financial Innovation for Stable Real Retirement Income in an Inflationary Environment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0442</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bodie</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is organized as follows: The first part of the paper introduces the topic. In the next part, we explore the inadequacies of conventional and equity-based variable annuities in an inflationary environment by contrasting them with a hypothetical PPA. We then try to assess the suitability of money market instruments hedged with commodity futures as the asset base for PPA's, and consider the possibility of having financial institutions offer them to the public. The major conclusion of the paper is that private pension plans could offer retiring employees a choice between a conventional money-fixed annuity or a PPA, both of which would cost theemployer the same amount of money to fund, although this option would require the PPA benefitlevel in the first few years of retirement to be lower than that of the conventional annuity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0442.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Federal Deficit Policy and the Effects of Public Debt Shocks</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0443</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Shifts between current taxation and debt issue alter the timing of taxes, which induces a variety of intertemporal substitution effects. In some circumstances the minimization of excess budget costs would entail stabilization of expected overall tax rates over time. The first section of the paper discusses this condition and derives its implications for the behavior of public debt. Empirically the major movements in U.S. public debt can be explained along the lines of the theoretical model as sensible responses to business fluctuations, changes in government expenditures, and variations in the anticipated inflation rate. In particular, much of federal deficit policy appears to be consistent with economic efficiency. The next section focuses on the economic effects of debt shocks, which are interpreted as departures of public debt movements from the systematic behavior that was investigated in the previous section. It is possible theoretically that these shocks could influence aggregate demand even when such effects did not arise from the systematic behavior of the deficit. The constructed debt shocks appear to have expansionary influences on output and negative effects on the unemployment rate, although the magnitudes of the effects that have been isolated are substantially weaker than those estimated for money shocks. Because it is the shock component of deficits -- rather than the systematic "policy" response -- that has been shown to affect real economic activity, the results do not provide a basis for using the deficit as an element of activist stabilization policy. Overall, the results do not suggest much payoff from the imposition of restrictions on federal deficit behavior; it Is likely that such constraints would mainly increase the excess burden that is imposed on the private sector by financing of government expenditures.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0443.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Estimating the Expected Return on the Market: An Exploratory Investigation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0444</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Merton</surname>
          <given-names>Robert C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The expected market return is a number frequently required for the solution of many investment and corporate finance problems, but by comparison with other financial variables, there has been little research on estimating this expected return. Current practice for estimating the expected market return adds the historical average realized excess market returns to the Current observed interest rate. While this model explicitly reflects the dependence of the market return on the interest rate, it fails to account for the effect of changes in the level of market risk. Three models of equilibrium expected market returns which reflect this dependence are analyzed in this paper. Estimation procedures which incorporate the prior restriction that equilibrium expected excess returns on the market must be positive arc derived and applied to return data for the period 1926- 1978. The principal conclusions from this exploratory investigation are: (1) in estimating models of the expected market return. the non-negativity restriction of the expected excess return should be explicitly included as part of the specification; (2) estimators which use realized returns should be adjusted for heteroscedasticity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0444.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Role of Intergenerational Transfers in Aggregate Capital Accumulation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0445</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kotlikoff</surname>
          <given-names>Laurence J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses historicaI U.S. data to directly estimate the contribution of intergenerational transfers to aggregate capital accumulation. The evidence presented indicates that intergenerational transfers account for the vast majority of aggregate U .S. capital formation; only a negligible fraction of actual capital accumulation can be traced u, life-cycle or "hump" savings. A major difference between this study and previous investigations of this issue is the use of more accurate longitudinal age-earnings and age-consumption profiles. These profiles are simply too flat to generate substantial lifecycle savings. This paper suggests the importance of and need for substantially greater research and data collection on intergenerational transfers. fife-cycle models of savings that emphasize savings for retirement as the dominant form of apical accumulation should give way to models that illuminate the determinants of intergenerational transfers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0445.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Evolution of the American Labor Market 1948-1980</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0446</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Since World War II, the labor market in the United States has experienced significant changes in the composition of the work force, the type of work performed, institutional rules of operation and structure of wages, and employment and unemployment. Some of the changes continue historic trends. Others, however, have diverged from developments of earlier decades to create new labor market conditions and problems. In this paper, I identify seven of the most important changes, document their magnitude, and seek to estimate their impact on the economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0446.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Mortgage Revenue Bonds: Tax Exemption with a Vengeance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0447</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents calculations of the impacts of two levels of mortgage revenue bonds (MRBs) on: (1) yields on home mortgages, tax-exempt bonds and taxable bonds, (2) the allocation of the American fixed capital stock among residential (by three tax brackets), business, and state and local capital, (3) the productivity of this aggregate stock, and (4) the federal deficit. The levels of MRBs analyzed are $40 billion and the maxi-mum permitted by the realities of the market place. The latter is estimated to be $440 billion or over half of regular home mortgages outstanding. Limited levels of MRBs directed solely at "lower" income housing would not have any clear impact on productivity. An unlimited volume would generate an estimated annual productivity loss of $3 billion. Assuming a 4 percent discount rate, the present value of this stream is $75 billion.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0447.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Distribution of the U.S. Capital Stock Between Residential and Industrial Uses</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0448</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of the present study is to measure the extent to which an increase in the total capital stock induces an increase in the stock of residential capital, i.e., to measure the marginal propensity of additional capital to be absorbed in residential capital. A knowledge of this propensity is important to evaluate the national return on additional saving and to understand the impact that an increased capital stock could have on labor productivity and on the composition of national output. The present paper provides both a theoretical and an empirical examination of this question.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0448.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sterilization and Monetary Control under Pegged Exchange Rates: Theory and Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0449</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In veiw of recent strong evidence that substantial sterilization of the monetary effects of reserve flows occurs, a modified monetary approach model is formulated in which central banks exercise no control over their domestic money supply despite their sterilization activities. This model is compared with a more general model in which the balance of payments and domestic money supply are both influenced by the central bank's domestic policy goals. In order for the central bank to exercise monetary control, three conditions must be met: assets are not perfect substitutes, goods are not perfect substitutes, and expected depreciation is not "too -responsive" to the balance of payments. The third condition may be met for small but not large reserve flows. Reduced form tests are derived which show for Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, th Netherlands, and the United Kingdom that domestic policy goals strongly influenced quarterly changes in the domestic money supply; this strongly contradicts both the modified and standard monetary approach to the balance of payments. Thus there is a relevant "short-run" in which monetary authorities exercise monetary control. The paper concludes that the simpler monetary approach is no longer empirically tenable for analysis of quarterly data and that more general simultaneous models must be specified and tested.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0449.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Flexible Exchange Rates in the 1970's</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0450</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The 1970's witnessed the dramatic evolution of the international monetary system from a regime of pegged exchange rates into a regime of flexible rates. This paper surveys the key issues and lessons from the experience with floating rates during the1970's. The main orientation is empirical and the analysis is based on the experience of the three exchange rates: the Dollar/Pound, the Dollar/French Franc, and the Dollar/DM. The first issue that is being examined is the efficiency of the foreign exchange market and the degree of exchange rates volatility. The analytical framework emphasizes that exchange rates are the prices of assets that are traded in organized markets and are strongly influenced by expectations about future events. The principal finding is that the behavior of the foreign exchange market has been broadly consistent with the efficient market hypothesis. The second issue concerns the relationship between exchange rates and interest rates. It is shown that during the inflationary period of the 1970's, exchange rates and interest rates were positively correlated. This positive association is interpreted in terms of the role played by inflationary expectations. The analysis draws a distinction between expected and unexpected changes in interest rates; it is demonstrated that changes in exchange rates are strongly associated with the unexpected component of changes in the interest rates. The third issue concerns the relationship between exchange rates and prices. It is shown that the experience of the 1970'sdoes not support the prediction of the simple version of the purchasing power parity theory and that the deviations from purchasing power parities can be characterized by a first-order autoregressive process. These deviations are then interpreted.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0450.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Dynamic Aspects of of Children's Health, Intellectual Development, and Family Economic Status</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0451</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shakotko</surname>
          <given-names>Robert A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an empirical investigation of childhood and adolescent health and cognitive development as determined by family economic variables. The model proposed recognizes that these processes may be jointly dependent, and may in part be determined by common unobserved factors; these factors may also be correlated with the observed family economic variables. A two-factor model is estimated using panel data, and the results indicate that when such factors are taken account of, family income is estimated to have no significant influence on health and cognitive development, but parents' education a strong positive influence.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0451.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rates, Prices and Money: Lessons from the 1920s</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0452</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper summarizes the results of an empirical study of the operation of flexible exchange rates during the 1920's under both the hyperinflationary conditions (based on the experience of Germany) and under the normal conditions (based on the experience of Britain, the United States and France).Section I deals with some general characteristics of the market for foreign exchange by examining the relationship between spot and forward exchange rates. Section II deals with the relationship between exchange rates and prices by examining aspects of the purchasing power parity doctrine. Section III deals with the determinants of exchange rates within the context of a simple monetary model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0452.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Disequilibrium Dynamics with Inventories and Anticipatory Price-Setting:Some Impirical Results</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0453</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Laffont</surname>
          <given-names>Jean-Jacques</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The basic assumption of this paper is an attempt to be specific about price formation while retaining a fixed-price, quantity-constrained equilibration in the short-run. The second theme of this paper is the role of inventories in macrodynamics a topic of long-recognized importance, but one which has not received much attention within the disequilibrium literature. We will analyze how the level of inventories interacts with the level of prices and wages, and how the spillover effects in a fixed-price equilibrium produce certain testable characteristics in macro time series data. We will argue that these can be used to discriminate between a model of the type we study and the analogous flexible-price system. In section 2 we set out the basic model and discuss its assumptions. Section 3 derives the short-run quantity-constrained equilibrium as it depends on initial inventory stocks and on the random disturbances within the period. Section 4 presents, for comparison purposes, the analogous results under conditions of full price flexibility after these shocks are realized. Sections 5 and 6 are the heart of the paper. We first derive the probabilistic nature of the equilibrium as it depends upon the underlying stochastic disturbances. The probabilities of different types of quantity constrained equilibria can be compared. Then, we use these results to present the dynamics of inventory behavior and the statistical relationships between real wages, inventories and employment. We emphasize the possibility of using this type of analysis to test the disequilibrium hypothesis with anticipatory pricing, against the market-clearing assumptions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0453.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Exploration of the Dynamic Relationship between Health and Cognitive Development in Adolescence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0454</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shakotko</surname>
          <given-names>Robert A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an empirical exploration of the dynamic relationship between health and cognitive development in a longitudinal data set compiled from two nationally representative cross-sections of children. Our results indicate that there is feedback both from health to cognitive development and from cognitive development to health, but the latter of these relationships is stronger. They also indicate that estimates of family background effects taken from the dynamic model  -- which can be assumed to be less influenced by genetic factors are smaller than their cross-sectional counterparts, but some still remain statistically significant. The first finding calls attention to the existence of a continuing inter-action between health and cognitive development over the life cycle. The second finding suggests that nurture "matters" in cognitive development and health outcomes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0454.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Consistent Characterization of a Near-Century of Price Behavior</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0455</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper demonstrates that the commonly used Expectational Phillips Curve (EPC) framework cannot explain the last eighty-seven years of aggregate price behavior in the United States. The EPC explanation, which in its most general form relates price change to expected inflation and the level of detrended output, obscures the fact that price change has been much more closely related to the contemporaneous rate of change of detrended output. Over the near-century of annual data studied here, a change in output has shown a remarkably consistent tendency to be associated in annual data with a simultaneous change in the price level of about one-half as much. Stated another way, nominal GNP changes have been divided consistently, with two-thirds taking the form of output change and the remaining one-third the form of price change. This finding applies not only over the entire 1890-1978sample period, but also over three subperiods (1890-1929, 1929-53, and 1953-78).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0455.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Do Stock Prices Move Too Much to be Justified by Subsequent Changes in Dividends?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0456</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper will develop the efficient markets model in Section I to clarify some theoretical questions that may arise in connection with the inequality (1) and some similar inequalities will be derived that put limits on the standard deviation of the innovation in price and the standard deviation of the change in price. The model is restated in innovation form which allows better understanding of the limits on stock price volatility imposed by the model. In particular, this will enable us to see (Section II) that the standard deviation of p is highest when information about dividends is revealed smoothly and that if information is revealed in big lumps occasionally the price series may have higher kurtosis (fatter tails) but will have lower variance. The notion expressed by some that earnings rather than dividend data should be used is discussed in Section III, and a way of assessing the importance of time variation in real discount rates is shown in Section IV. The inequalities are compared with the data in Section V.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0456.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Neutrality and the Social Discount Rate: A Suggested Framework</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0457</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There is probably no specific problem in tax analysis which has generated as much study and discussion among economists as the question of how to formulate "neutral" tax incentives for investment. Yet no consensus has been reached concerning the proper approach to take when adjusting taxes. Comparing the two fundamental notions of neutrality found in the literature, referred to here as "present value" rules and "internal rate of return" rules, we argue that there is both a single appropriate neutrality criterion (the latter) and a framework which can be used to evaluate the performance of a tax system with respect to this criterion.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0457.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Postwar Changes in the American Financial Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0458</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The object of this essay is to gain an overview of developments in theAmerican financial markets since World War II, with particular attention to changes that have occurred either between the prewar and post-war years or within the past several decades. Inevitably such an effort must be selective. The primary emphasis here is on the interaction between the financial markets and the nonfinancial economy, in the sense of the demands that the nonfinancial economy has placed on the financial markets and the ways in which the financial markets have responded to these demands. In addition, much of this essay focuses on the evolving role of government in the financial markets and on the changes that it has brought about. Questions pertaining to the internal organization of financial markets and financial institutions, and to financial innovations per se, are also important, but they will receive less attention here.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0458.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Postwar Macroeconomics: The Evolution of Events and Ideas</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0459</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper traces the evolution of macroeconomic events and ideas from the late 1940s to the present day. After a brief introduction that highlights the unique features of the main macroeconomic variables as compared to their behavior before 1947, the paper turns to an analysis of four main postwar sub-periods. The analysis of each sub-period begins with a summary of the dominant conceptual framework popular at the time, reviews the most surprising features of both demand fluctuations and supply phenomena, and concludes with a retrospective evaluation of policy. Many shifts in macroeconomic thinking can be traced to the influence of particular events. The small role that monetary changes played in explaining demand fluctuations in the first postwar decade helped maintain intact the Keynesian multiplier framework, but the increasing importance of autonomous monetary movements in the second decade laid the groundwork for a greater emphasis on the potency of monetary policy in the late 1960s. The widespread acceptance of monetarism owes much to the coincidence in 1968 of an unexpected acceleration in inflation together with the failure of the tax surcharge enacted in that year. Similarly, the increased degree of inertia evident in the behavior of inflation from 1954 on helped win ready acceptance for the idea of a stable Phillips-curve tradeoff, while the refusal of inflation to abate in 1970 helped solidify the victory of the natural hypothesis. A major theme of the paper is the gradual but profound shift in macroeconomics from the dominance of demand issues to a new emphasis on supply topics. Price controls, crop failures, and OPEC actions in the l970s have brought supply shocks to the forefront of policy discussions, revived fiscal policy asa means of countering supply shocks, and lessened support for a monetarist reliance on simple policy rules.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0459.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inventories in the Keynesian Macro Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0460</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An otherwise conventional Keynesian macro model is modified to include inventories of final goods by (1) drawing a distinction between production and final sales, and (2) allowing for a negative effect of the level of inventories on production. Two models are presented: one in which the labor market clears and one in which it does not. Both models are stable only if the negative effect of inventories on production is "large enough." Both models also imply that real wages move counter cyclically  -- in direct contrast to the usual implication of Keynesian models. Detailed analysis of the market-clearing model show that there should be negative correlation between the levels of inventories and output, and between changes in inventories and changes in output, over the business cycle. However, inventory change should be positively correlated with the level of output.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0460.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Protectionist Pressures, Imports, and Employment in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0461</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krueger</surname>
          <given-names>Anne O</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper assesses the theoretical and empirical basis for American labor union leaders' contention that imports have been a big source of job loss in the United States. It is shown, first, that identification of job losses "due to imports" is exceptionally difficult because economic growth affects adversely the industries believed affected by imports. Then, an accounting framework is employed to assess possible empirical orders of magnitude. The results are fairly conclusive in indicating that factors other than import competition have been primary in leading to structural shifts in employment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0461.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Mark III International Transmission Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0462</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stockman</surname>
          <given-names>Alan C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a summary and estimates of the Mark III International Transmission Model, a quarterly macroeconometric model of the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, and the Netherlands estimated for 1957 through 1976. The model is formulated to test and measure the empirical importance of alternative channels of international transmission including the effects of capital and trade flows on the money supply, of export shocks on aggregate demand, of currency substitution on money demand, and of variations in the real price of oil. Major Implications of the model estimates are:(1) Countries linked by pegged exchange rates appear to have much more national economic independence than generally supposed. (2) Substantial or complete sterilization of the effects of contemporaneous reserve flows on the money supply is a universal practice of the nonreserve central banks. (3) Quantities such as international trade flows and capital flows are not well explained by observed prices, exchange rates, and interest rates. (4) Explaining real income by innovations inaggregate demand variables works well for U.S. real income but does not transfer easily to other countries. The empirical results suggest a rich menu for further research.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0462.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Resolving Nuisance Disputes: The Simple Economics of Injunctive and Damage Remedies</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0463</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Polinsky</surname>
          <given-names>A. Mitchell</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In nuisance-type cases, legal commentators generally recommend  -- and the courts seem to increasingly use  -- the award of damages rather than the granting of an injunction of the harmed party. This essay compares the economic consequences of injunctive and damage remedies under a variety of circumstances. The discussion focuses on the ability of the remedies to deal with the strategic behavior of the litigants, the cost of redistributing income among the litigants (or classes of litigants), and the im-perfect information of the courts. In ideal circumstances  -- cooperative behavior, costless redistribution, and perfect information -- injunctive and damage remedies are equivalent. The presence of strategic behavior alone does not change this conclusion. However, if it is also costly to redistribute income, the remedies are no longer equivalent. When there are a small number of litigants in these circumstances, neither remedy is generally more effective. When there are a large number of litigants, the damage remedy is superior. Finally, and most realistically, if the courts also have imperfect information, neither remedy dominates the other. Thus, the general presumption in favor of damage remedies is not supported.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0463.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Accommodation of Supply Shocks under Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0464</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In dealing with the expectationists' arguments, I will divide them (somewhat artificially) into two groups. Arguments in the first group, which I call "present disaster" arguments, allege that econometric models err by understating the reaction of inflationary expectations. For example, it is claimed that a policy of monetary accommodation would increase inflationary expectations, shift the short-run Phillips curve upward, and defeat the purpose of the expansionary policy. Arguments in the second group, which I call "future disaster" arguments, are more subtle, but also more elusive. The idea is that by informing private agents that it will accommodate supply shocks in the future, the monetary authority would exacerbate the downward rigidity of wages and prices, thus making it more difficult to deal with future supply shocks. Such arguments are cases of the Lucas [12] econometric policy critique, since they suggest that policy changes will cause parameter shifts. Neither of these arguments is implausible on its face. The problem is that it is hard to know how to evaluate them until they are formalized in theoretical models and then tested empirically. This paper takes one small step in that direction by augmenting two popular macro models with rational expectations so that they are capable of dealing with supply shocks, and then examining both the present and future disaster arguments in the context of each.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0464.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0464.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>How Effective Have Fiscal Policies Been in Changing the Distribution of Income and Wealth?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0465</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Despite the expansion of empirical research in public finance, there remains consider- able uncertainty about the distributional consequences of fiscal policy. For this session, I have been asked to summarize some international comparisons. I shall divide the issue into two questions. How effective has fiscal policy been in reducing inequality? Mow big are the potential gains from further redistribution? In Section I, I examine some of the evidence on the redistributive effects of taxes and benefits in the United States, the United Kingdom, and Sweden. I shall concentrate on the distribution among house- holds, and not among the units, individuals, or by type of factor income. This ignores the fact that the formation of households is itself endogenous and depends, in part, on fiscal policy, especially subsidies to housing costs. Any statement about the impact of taxes on distribution depends on a counter-factual assumption about the distribution which would be observed in the absence of taxes and benefits. Since there is no overwhelming evidence in favor of any one particular set of assumptions, I shall argue that it is helpful to pose a second question, the answer to which docs not depend on assumptions about incidence. Given the distribution which emerges from the existing system of taxes and benefits, what would be the gains from attempting further redistribution? Finally, in Section III some suggestions are presented for future research.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0465.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0465.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Trade Policy as an Input to Development</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0466</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krueger</surname>
          <given-names>Anne O</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>My topic is the question: what difference does the set of commercial policies chosen by a developing country make to its rate of economic growth? Three points are salient. First, in its present state, trade theory provides little guidance as to the role of trade policy and trade strategy in promoting growth. Second, the empirical evidence overwhelmingly indicates that there are important links between them. Third, a number of hypotheses as to the reasons for these links have been put forward, but there is not as yet sufficient evidence to enable us to estimate their relative importance.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0466.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Possibility of an Inverse Relationship between Tax Rates and Government Revenues</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0467</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>When Arthur Laffer or other "supply side advocates" plot total tax revenue as a function of a particular tax rate, he draws an upward sloping segment called the normal range, followed by a downward sloping segment called the prohibitive range. Since a given revenue can be obtained with either of two tax rates, government would minimize total burden by choosing the lower rate of the normal range. A brief literature review indicates that tax rates on the prohibitive range in theoretical and empirical models have been the result of particularly high tax rates, high elasticity parameters, or both. Looking at labor tax rates and total revenue, for example, the tax rate which maximizes revenue will depend on the assumed labor supply elasticity. This paper introduces a new curve which summarizes the tax rate and elasticity combinations that result in maximum revenues, separating the "normal area" from the "prohibitive area." A general-purpose empirical U.S. general equilibrium model is used to plot the Laffer curve for several elasticities, and to plot the newly introduced curve using the labor tax example. Results indicate that the U.S. could conceivably be operating in the prohibitive area, but that the tax wedge and/or labor supply elasticity would have to be much higher than most estimates would suggest.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0467.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Index of Inequality: With Applications to Horizontal Equity and Social Mobility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0468</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An index of Inequality is constructed which decomposes into two components, corresponding to vertical and "horizontal" equity respectively. Horizontal equity Is defined in terms of changes in the ordering of a distribution. The proposed index is a function to two inequality aversion parameters. One empirical application is for comparison of a pre-tax distribution with a post-tax distribution, and an example of this is given for the distribution of incomes in the UK in 1977. There is a trade-off between "horizontal"and vertical equity, and for particular combinations of the inequality aversion parameters the original distribution will be preferred to the final distribution. The paper concludes with an application of the proposed index to a model of optimal taxation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0468.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Trends in U.S. International Trade and Investment since World War II</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0469</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Branson</surname>
          <given-names>William H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents and analyzes the data on the trends in United States international trade and investment since World War II. From this data we can perceive a shrinking United States fraction of manufacturing output and exports, a return to and strengthening of lines of comparative advantage, and balanced and rapid growth in long-term investment. We can also see increasing volatility of trade and long-term investment in the 1970s, along with a real depreciation of 25 percent in the weighted United States exchange rate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0469.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Accelerating Inflation and the Distribution of Household Savings Incentives</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0470</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kane</surname>
          <given-names>Edward J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study describes how accelerating inflation has led households indifferent economic and demographic classes to reallocate their "transactable savings." Cross-section data from the 1962 and 1970 Surveys of Consumer Finances are used to estimate both the composition of accumulated households having and prospective rates of return on this saving. The paper shows that accelerating inflation has, in thee presence of comprehensive ceilings on deposit interest rates, altered the savings incentives of different types of households. The effect has been to bias small savers toward leveraged investments in tangible assets (especially real estate) and large savers toward certificates of deposit and marketable bonds. Small savers with disadvantaged access to credit are simply victimized. Our analysis helps to explain a number of anomalous features of the 1975-1979 macroeconomic recovery, particularly the dominant role of consumer spending, the unprecedented expansion of household debt, the boom in housing, and declining flows of household savings into deposit institutions. These data underscore the unintended consequences of trying to reconcile deposit-rate. ceilings with accelerating inflation. This combination of policies unpleasantly distorts the sectoral composition of spending and risk-bearing (crowding out some productive business investment) and aggravates inequities in the distribution of income and opportunity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0470.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Expectations and Valuation of Shares</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0471</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cragg</surname>
          <given-names>John G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Malkiel</surname>
          <given-names>Burton G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is a study using a unique body of expectations data collected over the decade of the 1960s. After describing the data, this paper first looks at the extent of consensus among those financial institutions providing the forecasts and measures the accuracy of the forecasts. We then ask if the forecasts are consistent with the hypothesis that tile expectations are "rational". We then turn to the relationship of the forecasts to security valuation. We develop our own variant of the popular capital asset pricing model using a framework suggested by Ross for this arbitrage model. Alternative specifications are developed relating expected returns to risk variables and relating securities prices to expectations and risk variables. We find that the expectations data of the sort we have collected do appear to influence security prices in the manner suggested by the theory. We also find that the expected security returns implied by the expectations data are related to "systematic" risk measures appropriately defined. Nevertheless, we find that, even when a variety of systematic influences are used, other risk measures, possibly related to their own variance of the securities, appear to play some role in security valuation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0471.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Stabilization, Intervention and Real Appreciation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0472</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the adjustment process to a reduction in the rate of credit creation in an open, flexible exchange rate economy. The framework of analysis is one of rational expectations with respect to interest rates, inflation and depreciation. The special feature of the model is the role of exchange market intervention and the resulting  endogeneity of the money stock. The model is of empirical interest because of the growing experience in countries such as Israel, Spain or Argentina with th fact that monetary disinflation rapidly leads to real appreciation, unemployment and money creation induced by exchange market intervention. With capital flows and induced money creation threatening attempts at stabilization, there is a need to understand the relationship between intervention and inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0472.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rate Rules and Macroeconomic Stability</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0473</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses exchange rate rules in their role as macroeconomic instruments. Two quite different approaches are pursued. The traditional view is that exchange rate flexibility is a substitute for money wage flexibility so that managed money and managed exchange rates yield the necessary instruments for internal and external balance. An entirely different perspective is offered by the modern macro-economics of wage contracting and the long run trade-off between the stability of output and the stability of inflation. In this context it is shown that exchange rate policies that seek to maintain real exchange rates or competitiveness do stabilize output but do so at the cost of in-creased inflation instability. Exchange rate rules such as full purchasing power parity crawling pegs are the analogue of full monetary accommodation of price disturbances.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0473.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The "Speculative Efficiency" Hypothesis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0474</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bilson</surname>
          <given-names>John F. O.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The hypothesis that forward prices are the best unbiased forecast of future spot prices is often presented in the economic and financial analysis of futures markets.  This paper considers the hypothesis independently of its implications for rational expectations or market efficiency and in order to stress this fact, the term "speculative efficiency" is used to characterize the state envisaged under the hypothesis. If a market is subject to efficient speculation, the supply of speculative funds is infinitely elastic at the forward price that is equal to the expected future spot price. The expected future spot price is a market price determined as the solution to the underlying rational expectations macroeconomic model. Although the paper is primarily concerned with testing this hypothesis in the foreign exchange market, the methodology introduced in the paper is of general application to all futures markets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0474.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interactions Between Inflation and Trade-Regime Objectives in Stabilization Programs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0475</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krueger</surname>
          <given-names>Anne O</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the relationship between macroeconomic objectives of controlling inflation and trade-regime objectives in stabilization programs of developing countries. It is seen that there need be, in principle, no close relationship between the two, as a crawling peg exchange-rate policy can prevent inflation from affecting the performance of the foreign sector. In practice, trade regime objectives have been linked with inflation-reducing objectives, often to the detriment of resource allocation and growth. Differences between devaluation under liberalized regimes and under exchange control are also examined.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0475.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Efficiency of Foreign Exchange Markets and Measures of Turbulence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0476</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mussa</surname>
          <given-names>Michael L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Since the move to generalized floating in1973, exchange rates between major currencies have displayed large fluctuations. This turbulence of foreign exchange rates is an important concern of government policy and its explanation is a challenge for theories of foreign exchange market behavior. In Section I of this paper, we document the extent of turbulence in foreign exchange markets by examining (i) the magnitude of short-run variations in exchange rates relative to other measures of economic variability; (ii) the degree of divergence between actual and expected changes in exchange rates; and (iii) the extent to which exchange-rate movements have diverged from movements of relative national price levels. In Section II, we provide a general explanation of this turbulence in terms of the modern "asset market theory" to exchange-rate determination. This theory emphasizes that exchange rates, like the prices of other assets determined in organized markets, are strongly influenced by the market's expectation of future events. In this context, we also discuss the narrower technical question of "foreign exchange market efficiency." Finally, in Section III, we address the question of whether turbulence in the foreign exchange markets has been "excessive" and what policy measures can (or should) be taken to reduce it.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0476.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security Benefits and the Accumulation of Preretirement Wealth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0477</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses a new and particularly well-suited body of data to assess the impact of social security retirement benefits on private savings. The Retirement History Survey combines survey evidence on the wealth of couples in their early sixties with detailed information from the administrative records of the Social Security Administration on the lifetime earnings of those individuals and the social security benefits to which they are entitled. The present paper uses these data to estimate a model of the determination of preretirement net worth. On balance, the estimates developed in this study favor the extended life cycle model as a theory of asset accumulation and indicate a substantial substitution of social security wealth for private wealth accumulation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0477.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Markets and Evaluations of Vocational Training Programs in the Public High Schools - Toward a Framework for Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0478</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gustman</surname>
          <given-names>Alan L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Steinmeier</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A simplified model is constructed to analyze the role played by vocational training programs In high schools. The model assumes that there are two kinds of educational programs in high schools, vocational and general. It also assumes that there are two types of jobs for high school graduates. One job requires training that either can be obtained from a vocational program in high school or as general training on the job. The other job has no special training requirements. The model is used in two ways. First, it is used to examine how the equilibrium outcome is affected by limitations on the number of places in the vocational training program and by the minimum wage. Second, it helps to determine what can be. learned from studies that take what has become a standard approach to evaluating high school vocational training programs  -- attempting to estimate the productivity of this program by comparing the earnings of vocational and nonvocational program graduates. We conclude that whether or not limitations on enrollments In vocational programs and minimum wages influence the wage difference between vocational and nonvocational program graduates, findings based on the standard approach to cost-benefit analysis of high school vocational training programs may prove to be highly misleading guides for policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0478.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interrupted Work Careers</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0479</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ofek</surname>
          <given-names>Haim</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The quantitative effects and even the existence of "human capital depreciation" phenomena has been a subject of controversy in the recent literature. Prior work, however, was largely cross-sectional and theiotgitudina1 dimension, if any, was retrospective. Using longitudinal panel data (on married women in NLS) we have now established that real wages at reentry are, indeed, lower than. at the point of labor force withdrawal, and the decline in wages is bigger the longer the interruption. Another striking finding is a relatively rapid growth in wages after the return to work. This rapid growth appears to reflect the restoration (or "repair") of previously eroded human capital. The phenomenon of "deprecia